HomeMy WebLinkAbout2010.02.23 - Markley & Gunstone-White Wetland Delineation Report - Landau AssociatesApril 30, 2002
Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.pdf
Page
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 SITE DESCRIPTION
1.2 REGULATORY BACKGROUND
2.0 METHODS
2.1 WETLAND AND SURFACE WATERS INVESTIGATION
2.1.1 Background Information Review
2.1.2 Wetland Delineation
2.2 WETLAND CLASSIFICATION, RATING, AND BUFFER WIDTH
3.0 RESULTS
3.1 BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW
3.2 FIELD INVESTIGATION
3.2.1 Markley Property Wetlands
3.2.1.1 Markley Wetland 1 Vegetation
3.2.1.2 Markley Wetland 1 Soils
3.2.1.3 Markley Wetland 1 Hydrology
3.2.1.4 Markley Wetland 1 Determination and Rating
3.2.1.5 Markley Wetland 2 Vegetation
3.2.1.6 Markley Wetland 2 Soils
3.2.1.7 Markley Wetland 2 Hydrology
3.2.1.8 Markley Wetland 2 Determination and Rating
3.2.1.9 Markley Wetland 3 Vegetation
3.2.1.10 Markley Wetland 3 Soils
3.2.1.11 Markley Wetland 3 Hydrology
3.2.1.12 Markley Wetland 3 Determination and Rating
3.2.1.13 Markley Wetland 4 Vegetation
3.2.1.14 Markley Wetland 4 Soils
3.2.1.15 Markley Wetland 4 Hydrology
3.2.1.16 Markley Wetland 4 Determination and Rating
3.2.1.17 Upland Characterization
3.2.2 Gunstone –White Wetland
3.2.2.1 Gunstone-White Wetland Vegetation
3.2.2.2 Gunstone-White Wetland Soils
3.2.2.3 Gunstone-White Wetland Hydrology
3.2.2.4 Gunstone-White Wetland Determination and Rating
3.2.2.5 Upland Characterization
3.2.2.6 Area investigations
3.2.3 Summary
4.0 REGULATORY ASSESSMENT
5.0 CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION
6.0 USE OF THIS REPORT
7.0 REFERENCES
Appendix A Combined.pdf
Climate Information
FM5300690155B[1]
FM5300700010B
NWI Map
PTPW with Critical Drainage Map
USGS topo map
Appendix B Combined.pdf
CLALLAM SERIES
Soil_Map-Jefferson_County_Area,_Washington
Wetland Delineation Report
Markley and Gunstone-White Wetlands
Port Townsend, Washington
February 23, 2010
Prepared for
City of Port Townsend
950 Pacific Avenue, Suite 515
Tacoma, WA 98402
(253) 926-2493
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
ii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The City of Port Townsend (City) is planning to extend Howard Street, which is located in Port
Townsend, Jefferson County, Washington. This report is the second in a series of reports. The first
report provided information on the wetland impacts that will occur from the Howard Street extension, this
first report, Sims Way Howard Road Wetland Report (Landau Associates 2008) determined that the
proposed Howard Street Improvements would impact approximately 3.7 acres of mowed pasture
wetlands. This second report presents the delineation of proposed the mitigation site which is currently
under private ownership. Proposed mitigation is proposed to be a combination of preservation and
enhancement. The third in this series of reports will be the complete mitigation report to provide
compensation for unavoidable wetland impacts from the Howard Street project.
This report is the delineation of offsite private properties (Markley and Gunstone-White) which
contain wetland areas. South of the Gunstone-White wetlands is the Roberts property. The Loggy Soils
report (Loggy Soil and Wetland Consulting 2006) provided a delineation of the Roberts Property.
Additionally the Loggy Soil report is included as Appendix F of this document. The Roberts property
wetlands along with the Markley and Gunstone-White property wetlands support a diverse range of native
plants and provide forested habitat. The wetlands impacted by the Howard Street project and the
proposed areas for wetland mitigation have been preliminarily reviewed by the Washington State
Department of Ecology (Rick Mraz).
Federal, state and local information was reviewed prior to the field work to delineate the sites.
The delineation work was completed in accordance with federal, state and city regulations. The results of
the delineation determined these wetlands are highly functioning Category II and Category III wetlands.
These wetlands are of a much higher quality than the wetlands impacted by the Howard Street project;
therefore, these wetlands could be used to provide mitigation for impacts to existing wetlands along the
Howard Street corridor.
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
iii
FACT SHEET
Site Information
Location
Project Information
Site Name(s)
Markley Property, Gunstone-White Property
County
Jefferson
City (or nearest City)
Port Townsend
Section (¼, ¼), Township, Range
Section 9, Township 30N, Range 01W
Latitude, Longitude (GIS verified)
48◦ 06’ 37.71”N, -122◦ 48’ 20.60”W
Watershed
Quilcene-Snow
WRIA Number
WRIA 17
Summary of Delineated Wetland(s), including, wetland type, wetland functions, buffer width, and wetland size:
Designation:
Type within
Study Area
(Cowardin/HGM): Category:
Highest
Scoring
Function:
Buffer
Width:
Size:
Markley Wetland 1
PFO-
PSS/Depression
II
Water Quality 150 47,369.65 sf
Markley Wetland 2 PFO/Depression II
Water Quality 150 29,340.98 sf
Markley Wetland 3
PFO-
PEM/Depression
III
Habitat
80 2,951.13 sf
Markley Wetland 4
PFO-
PSS/Depression
II
Habitat
150 6,148.76 sf
Gunstone-White Wetland
PFO-
PSS/Depression
III
Water Quality 150 8,455.82 sf*
PFO = Palustrine Forested
Key:
PSS = Palustrine Scrub-Shrub
PEM = Palustrine Emergent
Rating form used to determine wetland category are included in Appendix E.
Summary of project, including proposed type and location of work, goals and objectives, wetland functions,
impacted and mitigated (note assessment method used), and the general design concept (include where it has been
done before).
This delineation provided information on wetlands in the City of Port Townsend that are intended to be
preserved and enhanced in exchange for work that will impact low quality wetlands south of these properties.
The delineation was provided on the Markley and Gunstone-White properties which are proposed as mitigation
for work on the Howard Street alignment which will impact existing low quality Category III wetlands. The
Markley site provides 85,810.52 sf of wetlands or 1.97 acres of wetlands. Adding that to the Gunstone-White
and Roberts properties of 0.88 acres, the total is 2.85 acres of wetland preservation.
*Gunstone-White wetland sf on this chart is only the portion delineated for this report and does not include the
southern portion of the site, owned by Roberts, which was delineated by Loggy Soil and Wetland Consulting,
December 2006. The wetland on the Roberts property and the right of way (not including Lot 6) is 29,953 sf
(0.69 acres); therefore, the total sf of wetland on the Gunstone-White and Roberts properties is 38,408.82 sf or
approximately 0.88 acres.
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Page
1-1
1.1 SITE DESCRIPTION
1-1
1.2 REGULATORY BACKGROUND
1-2
2.0 METHODS
2-1
2.1 WETLAND AND SURFACE WATERS INVESTIGATION
2-1
2.1.1 Background Information Review
2-1
2.1.2 Wetland Delineation
2-1
2.2 WETLAND CLASSIFICATION, RATING, AND BUFFER WIDTH
2-2
3.0 RESULTS
3-1
3.1 BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW
3-1
3.2 FIELD INVESTIGATION
3-2
3.2.1 Markley Property Wetlands
3-3
3.2.1.1 Markley Wetland 1 Vegetation
3-3
3.2.1.2 Markley Wetland 1 Soils
3-4
3.2.1.3 Markley Wetland 1 Hydrology
3-4
3.2.1.4 Markley Wetland 1 Determination and Rating
3-4
3.2.1.5 Markley Wetland 2 Vegetation
3-4
3.2.1.6 Markley Wetland 2 Soils
3-5
3.2.1.7 Markley Wetland 2 Hydrology
3-5
3.2.1.8 Markley Wetland 2 Determination and Rating
3-5
3.2.1.9 Markley Wetland 3 Vegetation
3-5
3.2.1.10 Markley Wetland 3 Soils
3-6
3.2.1.11 Markley Wetland 3 Hydrology
3-6
3.2.1.12 Markley Wetland 3 Determination and Rating
3-6
3.2.1.13 Markley Wetland 4 Vegetation
3-6
3.2.1.14 Markley Wetland 4 Soils
3-7
3.2.1.15 Markley Wetland 4 Hydrology
3-7
3.2.1.16 Markley Wetland 4 Determination and Rating
3-7
3.2.1.17 Upland Characterization
3-7
3.2.2 Gunstone –White Wetland
3-8
3.2.2.1 Gunstone-White Wetland Vegetation
3-9
3.2.2.2 Gunstone-White Wetland Soils
3-9
3.2.2.3 Gunstone-White Wetland Hydrology
3-9
3.2.2.4 Gunstone-White Wetland Determination and Rating
3-9
3.2.2.5 Upland Characterization
3-10
3.2.2.6 Area investigations
3-10
3.2.3 Summary
3-11
4.0 REGULATORY ASSESSMENT
4-1
5.0 CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION
5-1
6.0 USE OF THIS REPORT
6-1
7.0 REFERENCES
7-1
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
v
FIGURES
Figure
1 Vicinity Map
Title
2 Study Area Map
3 Wetland Delineations
4 Existing Trails and Utilities
5 Zoning and Open Space
TABLES
Table
1 Methods for Wetland Determination
Title
2 Wetland Delineation Summary
3 Summary of Characteristics of Wetlands and Upland Areas
APPENDICES
Appendix
A Background Information Review Figures
Title
B Soil Profile Reports
C Sampling Point Data Sheets
D Selected Site Photographs
E Wetland Rating Forms
F Loggy Soil and Wetland Consulting ReportӢ
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
1-1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Landau Associates, Inc., under contract to the City of Port Townsend (City), provided a
delineation of wetlands on the Markley and Gunstone-White properties in Port Townsend, Jefferson
County, Washington. These properties are just north of the proposed extension of Howard Street. The
purpose of the study was to determine if the wetlands on these properties could be used to satisfy
mitigation requirements for impacts to wetlands from the Howard Street project. The Markley and
Gunstone-White properties are quite large, forested and support a diverse native plant population.
Preserving and enhancing these wetlands would provide wetland mitigation under the Port Townsend
Municipal Code (PTMC), Critical Areas Section 19.05.110 subsection F. This PTMC section allows
wetland preservation and buffer enhancement as mitigation for wetland impacts. Landau Associates was
hired to provide a wetland delineation report to the City including determining the category and size of
the wetlands and assisting with determination of the amount of mitigation these wetland sites could
provide.
This report is the second in a series of reports. The first report provided information on the
wetland impacts that will occur from the Howard Street extension, this first report, Sims Way Howard
Road Wetland Report (Landau Associates 2008) determined that the proposed Howard Street
Improvements would impact approximately 3.7 acres of mowed pasture wetlands. This second report
presents the delineation of proposed the mitigation site which is currently under private ownership.
Proposed mitigation is proposed to be a combination of preservation and enhancement. The third in this
series of reports will be the complete mitigation report to compensate for unavoidable wetland impacts
from the Howard Street project.
This report is the delineation of offsite private properties (Markley and Gunstone-White) which
contain wetland areas. South of the Gunstone-White wetlands is the Roberts property. The Loggy Soils
report (Loggy Soil and Wetland Consulting 2006) provided a delineation of the Roberts Property.
Additionally the Loggy Soil report is included as Appendix F of this document. The Roberts property
wetlands along with the Markley and Gunstone-White property wetlands support a diverse range of native
plants and provide forested habitat. The wetlands impacted by the Howard Street project and the
proposed areas for wetland mitigation have been preliminarily reviewed by the Washington State
Department of Ecology (Rick Mraz).
1.1 SITE DESCRIPTION
The study area is bounded by Discovery Road and 20
th
Street and this delineation was limited to
the undeveloped properties of Markley and Gunstone-White in Jefferson County, WRIA 17 Quilcene-
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
1-2
Snow (Township 30 North, Range 01 West and Section 9). These properties are south of 20
th
Street, north
of Discovery Road, east of the Rainier Street alignment and west of Eddy Street in Port Townsend,
Washington (see Figure 1 and Figure 2).
Currently, the properties are vacant with hard-packed pedestrian and bike trails located at the
approximate location of the street right-of-way for Howard and 15
th
Street (see Figure 4). Many of the
existing trails line up with existing utility alignments. To the north, south and east of these properties,
housing developments are being constructed. To the west, adjacent to the northern portion of the Markley
site, there is a small section of Open Space. South of the existing Open Space on the west side of the
Markley site, there are plans for development per communication with the property owner (Scott, N.,
2009, personal communication). The City desires to save the existing wetlands as City Open Space and
as mitigation for the Howard Street project. With development encroaching on all sides of these two sites,
preserving these sites would benefit the City by providing mitigation, maintaining existing utility access
corridors, maintain existing trial corridors and by increasing and providing connections to existing Open
Space.
The properties are zoned Residential II – Medium Density Single-Family, however there is also
an open space connection designation on these properties in the City of Port Townsend’s Comprehensive
Land Use Plan. The Residential II Zoning allows development of up to eight dwelling units per acre with
a minimum lot size for a single-family dwelling of 5,000 sq ft (Port Townsend 2009a; Zoning Map). This
zoning designation also allows for duplexes, triplexes and fourplexes provided the lot size is increased.
These properties could be developed with duplex/triplex/fourplex under current zoning regulations (see
Figure 5) or up to 104 total dwelling units (to clarify one fourplex = four dwelling units).
The surrounding area is a mix of zonings including Residential II, Residential III, Public Open
Space/Mixed Use, and Residential IV Multi-family. Areas to the north and east are being developed with
residential housing, the area to the west is going through the permit process for development, and the area
to the south is being developed with commercial enterprises. The Markley, Gunstone-White, and Roberts
property delineated areas are shown on Figure 2. The Gunstone-White property has one wetland that
ends at the trail/utility access road. Adjacent to that wetland to the south is the wetland that was
previously delineated by Loggy Soils and that report is Appendix F of this document.
1.2 REGULATORY BACKGROUND
The wetlands delineated for this report could be used as mitigation for the Howard Street project
to the south. The wetlands in the Howard Street right-of-way (ROW) are within the same drainage basin
and preservation and enhancement as mitigation is allowed per PTMC 19.05.110 subsection F.8.a.
Therefore, preserving and enhancing the wetlands delineated in this report would fulfill mitigation
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
1-3
requirements. Per the PTMC, the preservation and enhancement ratio ranges from 1:10 up to 1:20 and is
determined on a case-by-case basis, depending on the quality of the wetlands being mitigated and the
quality of the wetlands being preserved. The wetlands on the Markley and Gunstone-White properties all
rated as very high Category II or Category III wetlands. These wetlands support a diverse native plant
population, provide snags for habitat, and provide an excellent opportunity to increase the existing Open
Space and recreation for residents and visitors to Port Townsend. Most of the Howard Street wetlands
that will be impacted are within a mowed field and have significantly less plant diversity and provide
much less habitat than the Markley and Gunstone-White property wetlands. The main function is for
water quality. Additionally development is occurring on properties adjacent to the Markley and
Gunstone-White wetlands. Thus, there is a limited opportunity to ensure preservation of these areas.
Wetlands and certain waterways are regulated by federal, state, and local governmental agencies
and compliance with one agency does not always fulfill permitting requirements of any other agencies.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) has developed mandatory procedures for identifying and
delineating wetlands subject to regulation under Section 404 of the CWA (USACE 1987, 2008). Ecology
has developed similar procedures for use by all state agencies in the application of any state laws and
regulations as well as by any city or county in the implementation of any regulations under the Growth
Management Act.
This report documents the wetland delineation procedures and results for wetland mitigation for
the Howard Street project in accordance with local, state, and federal guidelines. According to the
regulations, the following regulatory agencies could be involved with the project:
• U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) authorizes discharge of dredged or fill material into
the “waters of the U.S.” under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (CWA) (EPA, USACE
2007).
• Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) has administrative oversight of Section
401 of the CWA or, if there are no requirements under section 404 of the CWA, Ecology
regulates wetlands using the State Water Pollution Control Act (RCW 90.48).
• The Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) requires Hydraulic Project
Approval (HPA) for any work in, on, over or adjacent to a water of the state.
• The City of Port Townsend Municipal Code (PTMC; Port Townsend 2009b) Critical Areas
Section 19.05.110.
Based on conversations with the USACE, the Howard Street project will be regulated by USACE
and qualifies as a Nationwide Permit 14 for linear transportation projects and will impact approximately
0.37 acres of existing mowed Category III wetlands. Based on this information, Ecology will regulate
under Section 401 of the CWA. Per the letter dated February 21, 2009 from Chris Byrnes with WDFW to
the City of Port Townsend, an HPA is not required for the Howard Street work (WDFW 2009). The
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
1-4
Markley and Gunstone-White wetlands can provide for approximately 2.16 acres of wetland preservation
of high quality Category II and III wetlands. The Roberts property and right of way wetland has the
potential to provide an additional 0.69 acres of preservation for an approximate total of 2.85 acres of
preservation. Using the 10 to 1 minimum required from the PTMC for preservation and enhancement
(3.7 acres total), an additional 0.85 acres of buffer enhancement will be the minimum required to offset
the wetland impacts from the Howard Street project. If a 12:1 preservation and enhancement ratio is
required, 4.44 acres of preservation and enhancement would be required and 1.59 acres of buffer
enhancement will be needed to compensate wetland impacts at Howard Street.䴀
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
2-1
2.0 METHODS
2.1 WETLAND AND SURFACE WATERS INVESTIGATION
Landau Associates conducted the wetland investigation in accordance with the USACE Wetland
Delineation Manual (USACE 1987); the USACE Regional Guidance letter on the 1987 Manual
(USACE 1994); the USACE Interim Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation
Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region (USACE 2008); and the Ecology Washington
State Wetlands Identification and Delineation Manual (Ecology 1997). The USACE and Ecology
recommend gathering preliminary data and synthesis of available background information, followed with
a field investigation.
2.1.1 BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW
Landau Associates reviewed the following public domain resources to determine existing
conditions and potential wetlands and other “waters of the U.S.” within the study area:
• U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) National Wetlands Inventory map (USFWS 1981 to
present)
• City of Port Townsend Environmentally Sensitive Area map (City of Port Townsend 2009c)
• USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Soil Survey Geographic database
(USDA, NRCS 2009a)
• National Hydric Soils List (USDA, NRCS 2009b)
• Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) flood data (FEMA 1982a,b)
• Precipitation data [USDA, NRCS 2002; Weather Underground 2009)
• Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) Priority Habitat and Species
Data (July 2009).
2.1.2 WETLAND DELINEATION
Both USACE and Ecology outline a three-parameter approach to determine the presence or
absence of wetlands that requires evaluating vegetation, soil, and hydrology (Table 1). Landau
Associates scientists completed the field delineation. An area is determined to be wetland if all of the
following three criteria are met (also see Table 1):
• The dominant vegetation is hydrophytic
• Soils are hydric
• Wetland hydrology is present.
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
2-2
The wetland boundaries were delineated using numbered flagging. A Global Positioning System
(GPS) device capable of submeter accuracy was used to collect locations of wetland boundary flags and
sampling plots.
2.2 WETLAND CLASSIFICATION, RATING, AND BUFFER WIDTH
Any wetlands identified as part of this project were classified according to the USFWS’s
Cowardin classification system (Cowardin et al. 1979) and the USACE’s hydrogeomorphic (HGM)
classification system (Brinson 1993).
Wetlands were rated according to the Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western
Washington (Hruby 2004), which is accepted practice by the City. This system categorizes wetlands
based on their existing functions, including water quality, hydrology, and habitat, as well as the wetland’s
rarity, sensitivity to disturbance, and ability to replace. Wetland buffers were determined according to
PTMC, which relies on assigned wetland ratings.⼀
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-1
3.0 RESULTS
3.1 BACKGROUND INFORMATION REVIEW
Wetlands
The National Wetlands Inventory Map (USFWS 1981 to present) does not identify any wetlands
in the immediate vicinity of the study area (see Appendix A). The City’s Environmentally Sensitive Area
mapping identifies wetlands within the study area and identifies the area as part of a Critical Drainage
Corridor (see Appendix A).
Soils
The Soil Survey Geographic Database for Jefferson County, Washington (USDA, NRCS 2004)
identifies one soil series within the study area (see Appendix A). Complete soil profile reports are
included in Appendix B. The soil series in the study area are as follows:
• Clallam gravelly sandy loam, 0 to 15 percent slopes (Jefferson Co. unit symbol: CmC)
consists of moderately deep to densic materials, moderately well drained soils formed in
glacial till over very compact glacial till. (USDA, NRCS 2004). The Clallam soil series
within the project area is not classified as hydric on the National Hydric Soils List (USDA,
NRCS 2009b).
Floodplains
Full coverage of the study area through FEMA flood maps, Jefferson County (FEMA 1982a) and
Port Townsend (FEMA 1982b) was not available. However, the surrounding area is primarily designated
as Zone C which designates areas of minimal flooding. There does not appear to be a flood zone
(100-year) within or near the project area (see Appendix A).
Land Use
The Markley and Gunstone-White properties are zoned Residential II – Medium Density Single-
Family which allows development of up to eight dwelling units per acre with a minimum lot size for a
single-family dwelling at 5,000 sq ft (see Figure 5). This zoning designation also allows for duplexes,
triplexes, and fourplexes with increased lot sizes. Based on the number of lots on the Markley and
Gunstone-White properties this area could theoretically provide up to 104 dwelling units.
The surrounding area is a mix of zonings including Residential II, Residential III, Public Open
Space/Mixed Use, and Residential IV Multi-family. Areas to the north and east are being developed with
residential housing, the area to the west is planned for development and the area to the south is being
developed with commercial enterprises. The trails in the area also serve as public utility easements for
water and sanitary sewer lines.
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-2
Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife
The Priority Habitat and Species (PHS) data does not show the wetlands or any priority habitats
in the project area. The PHS data also does not show any priority species in the project area.
Precipitation
Precipitation data for the Puget Sound Lowlands in the three-month period prior to the field
investigations (conducted on August 25, 26, September 11 and October 28) are presented below.
Month 2008
Normal (a)
Recorded (b)
Lower Limit
of Normal
Upper Limit
of Normal
May
1.52
2.41
0.02
June
1.10
2.20
0.71
July
0.54
1.20
0.08
August
0.54
1.37
0.75
September
0.50
1.54
0.72
October
1.06
2.54
2.19
(a) USDA NRCS 2002
(b) Weather Underground 2009
3.2 FIELD INVESTIGATION
Landau Associates scientists Jessica Stone and Theresa Turpin conducted the wetland delineation
field investigation on August 25 and 26, 2009 with a follow up for an additional area by Perry Welch and
Jessica Stone on September 11, 2009 and Jennifer Wynkoop and Jessica Stone on October 28, 2009. On
the September 11, 2009 site visit, Rick Mraz with the Department of Ecology and Judy Surber with the
City of Port Townsend came out on the site visit to view the wetland mitigation site. All field
investigations were completed during the growing season. The weather during the field investigation was
partially overcast to sunny, and the temperatures ranged from low 60s to low 70s in August and
September and 45 in October (degrees Fahrenheit) (see Appendix A).
Eight sampling plots (SP) were recorded within different plant community types encountered at
the Markley site in areas suspected to meet the mandatory wetland criteria and in the nearby upland to
determine corresponding wetland/upland boundaries. Four SP were recorded on the Gunstone-White
(GW) site, three in the upland and one within the wetland. For both sites the wetland boundaries were
delineated using numbered flagging. A summary of the delineated systems, including classifications and
buffer requirements, is presented in Table 2. A summary of the characteristics of the wetlands and upland
areas is presented in Table 3. The locations of the sampling plots and delineated systems are shown on ⥢
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-3
Figure 3, and the completed data sheets and site photographs are presented in Appendix C and Appendix
D, respectively. Wetland rating information is recorded in Appendix E.
3.2.1 MARKLEY PROPERTY WETLANDS
The Markley site contains four wetlands: Markley Wetland 1, Markley Wetland 2, Markley
Wetland 3, and Markley Wetland 4. All four wetlands are depressional and primarily receive their
hydrology from a high groundwater table. They have similar vegetation, soils, hydrology, and are
surrounded by forested upland. Markley Wetland 1 is approximately 47,369.65 sf or 1.08 acres and is
located in between Rainier Street and the trail connecting to Howard Street (see Figure 3). Markley
Wetland 2 is approximately 29,340.98 sf or 0.67 of an acre and located north of Markley Wetland 1.
Markley Wetland 3 is the smallest at 2,951.13 sf or approximately 0.07 of an acre and located north of
Markley Wetland 2, and Markley Wetland 4 is 6,148.76 sf or approximately 0.14 of an acre and is located
directly to the east of Markley Wetland 3. The Markley Wetlands are not shown on the National
Wetlands Inventory map, but are shown on the City’s Environmentally Sensitive Area mapping as two
wetland areas. The vegetation, soils, and hydrology for the wetlands are as follows:
• Markley Wetland 1 - described in data sheets M-SP-1 and M-SP-2
• Markley Wetland 2 - described in data sheets M-SP-4
• Markley Wetland 3 - described in data sheets M-SP-6
• Markley Wetland 4 - described in data sheets M-SP-8
• Markley Wetland uplands - described in data sheets M-SP-3, M-SP-5, and M-SP-7.
3.2.1.1 Markley Wetland 1 Vegetation
The Markley Wetland 1 is dominated by hydrophytic vegetation, primarily scrub-shrub and
forested with emergent vegetation underneath. The dominant plant species found in this wetland
includes:
• Red alder (Alnus rubra, FAC)
• Nootka rose (Rosa nutkana, FAC)
• Slough sedge (Carex obnupta, OBL)
• Water-parsley (Oenanthe sarmentosa, OBL).
Additional non-dominant species found in Markley Wetland 1 include red elderberry (Sambucus
racemosa, FACU), Douglas spirea (Spiraea douglasii, FACW), and trailing blackberry (Rubus ursinus,
FACU).
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-4
3.2.1.2 Markley Wetland 1 Soils
The soil at sample plots M-SP-1 and M-SP-2 was generally black (10YR 2/1) loam from 0 to
5 inches in M-SP-1 and from 0 to 4 inches in M-SP-2. Below was grayish brown (2.5Y 5/2) sandy loam
from 5 to 16 inches with yellowish brown (10YR 5/6) redox features in M-SP-1 and grayish brown
(2.5Y 5/2) sandy loam from 4 to 11 inches with yellow red (5YR 4/6) redox features in M-SP-2. The soil
within Markley Wetland 1 has a depleted matrix (F3), which satisfies the hydric soil criterion.
3.2.1.3 Markley Wetland 1 Hydrology
The soils in Markley Wetland 1 were damp at the time of the field investigation. Primary
indicators of wetland hydrology observed in both sample plots include water stained leaves and oxidized
rhizopheres along living roots. Algae crusts and sparsely vegetated concave surfaces were located within
the wetland outside of the sample plots. Hydrology for Markley Wetland 1 is primarily from a high
groundwater table.
3.2.1.4 Markley Wetland 1 Determination and Rating
All three mandatory wetland criteria are satisfied for Markley Wetland 1. Landau Associates
classified the Markley Wetland as a forested and scrub-shrub/depressional (Cowardin/HGM
classification) wetland. At the time of the field investigation Markley Wetland I was damp and algae
crusts, sparsely vegetative concave surfaces, and water stained leaves were observed within the wetland.
Using the Ecology wetland rating form, Markley Wetland 1 is rated as a Category II wetland,
scoring highest for water quality which rated a score of 24. Habitat functions were rated with a score of
23, and hydrologic functions were rated a score of 7. Category II wetlands with a moderate habitat score
between 20 and 28 points with a high level of impact from land use (Zoning Designation Residential II –
Medium Density Single-Family which allows development of up to eight dwelling units per acre) require
a 150-ft buffer, according to the PTMC 19.05.110. A summary of Markley Wetland 1 is provided in
Table 2.
3.2.1.5 Markley Wetland 2 Vegetation
The Markley Wetland 2 is dominated by hydrophytic vegetation, primarily scrub-shrub and
forested with emergent vegetation underneath. The dominant plant species found in this wetland include:
• Scouler willow (Salix scouleriana, FAC)
• Nootka rose (Rosa nutkana, FAC)
• Slough sedge (Carex obnupta, OBL).
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-5
Additional non-dominant species found in Markley Wetland 2 include red alder (Alnus rubra,
FAC), water-parsley (Oenanthe sarmentosa, OBL), and Douglas spirea (Spiraea douglasii, FACW).
3.2.1.6 Markley Wetland 2 Soils
The soil within Markley Wetland 2 at sample plot M-SP-4 is generally characterized by duff and
organic matter from 0 to 3 inches and black (10YR 2/1) loam from 3 to 6 inches. Below was black
(10YR 2/1) silt loam from 6 to 12 inches with dark brown (7.5YR 3/3) redox features. The soil has a
redox dark surface (F6), which satisfies the hydric soil criterion.
3.2.1.7 Markley Wetland 2 Hydrology
The soils in Markley Wetland 2 were damp at the time of the field investigation. Primary
indicators of wetland hydrology observed in sample plot M-SP-4 include water stained leaves and
oxidized rhizopheres along living roots. Hydrology for Markley Wetland 2 is primarily from a high
groundwater table.
3.2.1.8 Markley Wetland 2 Determination and Rating
All three mandatory wetland criteria are satisfied for Markley Wetland 2. Landau Associates
classified the Markley Wetland as a forested/depressional (Cowardin/HGM classification) wetland. At
the time of the field investigation Markley Wetland 2 was damp and water stained leaves were observed
within the wetland area.
Using the Ecology wetland rating form, Markley Wetland 2 is rated as a Category II wetland,
scoring highest for water quality function which rated a score of 24. Habitat functions were rated with a
score of 23, and hydrologic functions were rated a score of 7. Category II wetlands with a moderate
habitat score between 20 and 28 points with a high level of impact from land use (Zoning Designation
Residential II – Medium Density Single-Family which allows development of up to eight dwelling units
per acre) require a 150-ft buffer, according to the PTMC 19.05.110. A summary of Markley Wetland 2 is
provided in Table 2.
3.2.1.9 Markley Wetland 3 Vegetation
The Markley Wetland 3 is dominated by hydrophytic vegetation, primarily forested and emergent
vegetation. The dominant plant species found in this wetland include:
• Red alder (alnus rubra, FAC)
• Trailing blackberry (Rubus ursinus, FACU)
• Slough sedge (Carex obnupta, OBL).⭳
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-6
Additional non-dominant species found in Markley Wetland 3 include Nootka rose (Rosa
nutkana, FAC), and Douglas spirea (Spiraea douglasii, FACW).
3.2.1.10 Markley Wetland 3 Soils
The soil was generally duff and organic matter from 0 to 3 inches and very dark brown
(10YR 2/2) silt loam from 3 to 8 inches with dark brown (7.5YR 3/4) redox features. Below was light
olive brown (2.5Y 5/3) sandy loam from 8 plus inches with strong brown (7.5YR 5/6) redox features. The
soil within Markley Wetland 3 at sample plot M-SP-6 is characterized as a redox dark surface (F6), which
satisfies the hydric soil criterion.
3.2.1.11 Markley Wetland 3 Hydrology
The soils in Markley Wetland 3 were damp at the time of the field investigation. Primary
indicators of wetland hydrology observed in sample plot M-SP-6 include water stained leaves and
oxidized rhizopheres along living roots. Hydrology for Markley Wetland 3 is primarily from a high
groundwater table.
3.2.1.12 Markley Wetland 3 Determination and Rating
All three mandatory wetland criteria are satisfied for Markley Wetland 3. Landau Associates
classified the Markley Wetland as a forested/depressional (Cowardin/HGM classification) wetland. At
the time of the field investigation, Markley Wetland 3 was damp and water stained leaves were observed
within the wetland area.
Using the Ecology wetland rating form, Markley Wetland 3 is rated as a Category III wetland,
scoring highest for habitat function which rated a score of 18. Water quality functions were rated with a
score of 12, and hydrologic functions were rated a score of 7. Category III wetlands with a low habitat
score, less than 20 points, with a high level of impact from land use (Zoning Designation Residential II –
Medium Density Single-Family which allows development of up to eight dwelling units per acre) require
a 80-ft buffer, according to the PTMC 19.05.110. A summary of Markley Wetland 3 is provided in
Table 2.
3.2.1.13 Markley Wetland 4 Vegetation
The Markley Wetland 4 is dominated by hydrophytic vegetation, primarily forested and scrub-
shrub with an emergent vegetation understory. The dominant plant species found in this wetland include:
• Scouler willow (Salix scouleriana, FAC)
• Trailing blackberry (Rubus ursinus, FACU)⦠
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-7
• Nootka Rose, (Rosa nutkana, FAC)
• Douglas spirea (Spiraea douglasii, FACW)
• Slough sedge (Carex obnupta, OBL).
Additional non-dominant species found in Markley Wetland 4 included a small Douglas-fir
(Pseudotsuga menziesii, FACU) sapling.
3.2.1.14 Markley Wetland 4 Soils
The soil was generally very dark gray (10YR 3/1) sandy loam from 0 to 9 inches with dark brown
(7.5YR 3/4) redox features. Below was light olive brown (2.5Y 5/3) sandy loam from 9 plus inches with
strong brown (7.5YR 4/6) redox features. The soil within Markley Wetland 4 at sample plot M-SP-8 is
characterized as a redox dark surface (F6), which satisfies the hydric soil criterion.
3.2.1.15 Markley Wetland 4 Hydrology
The soils in Markley Wetland 4 were dry at the time of the field investigation. Primary indicators
of wetland hydrology observed in sample plot M-SP-8 include oxidized rhizopheres along living roots.
Hydrology for Markley Wetland 4 is primarily from a high groundwater table.
3.2.1.16 Markley Wetland 4 Determination and Rating
All three mandatory wetland criteria are satisfied for Markley Wetland 4. Landau Associates
classified the Markley Wetland as a forested, scrub-shrub/depressional (Cowardin/HGM classification)
wetland. At the time of the field investigation, Markley Wetland 4 was moist with no standing water or
saturation.
Using the Ecology wetland rating form, Markley Wetland 4 is rated as a Category II wetland,
scoring highest for water quality function which rated a score of 24. Habitat functions were rated with a
score of 22, and hydrologic functions were rated a score of 7. Category II wetlands with a moderate
habitat score (20 to 28 points), with a high level of impact from land use (Zoning Designation Residential
II – Medium Density Single-Family which allows development of up to eight dwelling units per acre)
require a 150-ft buffer, according to the PTMC 19.05.110. A summary of Markley Wetland 4 is provided
in Table 2.
3.2.1.17 Upland Characterization
The upland area adjacent to the Markley Wetlands is characterized by sampling plot M-SP-3,
M-SP-5 and M-SP-7. Sample plot M-SP-3 and M-SP-7 do not satisfy any of the three mandatory wetland
criteria. Sample plot M-SP-5, located in a depression area lower than the surrounding upland, did satisfy 獳
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-8
hydric soils criterion, but not the hydrophytic vegetation or hydrology criterion. Sampling plot M-SP-3 is
located approximately 4 ft west of Markley Wetland 1, sampling plot M-SP-5 is located approximately
40 ft north of Markley Wetland 1 and 20 ft south of Markley Wetland 2, and sampling plot M-SP-7 is
located in-between Markley Wetland 3 and Markley Wetland 4, approximately 10 ft east of Markley
Wetland 3 and 40 ft west of Markley Wetland 4 (see Figure 2).
The dominant species found at sampling plots M-SP-3 and M-SP-5 include salal (Gaultheria
shallon, FACU) and bracken fern (Pteridium aquilinum, FACU). Sampling plot SP-3 was also dominated
by holly (Ilex aquifolium, FACU) and sampling plot M-SP-5 was also dominated by madrone (Arbutus
menziesii, NI) and Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii, FACU). Additional non-dominant species found
in sampling plot M-SP-3 and M-SP-5 include trailing blackberry (Rubus ursinus, FACU). Sampling plot
M-SP-3 additionally contains snowberry (Symphoricarpos albus, FACU) and Indian plum (Oemleria
cerasiformis, FACU) and sample plot M-SP-5 additionally contains Scouler willow (Salix scouleriana,
FAC) and nootka rose (Rosa nutkana, FAC). Dominant species found at sampling plot M-SP-7 include
Scouler willow (Salix scouleriana, FAC), nootka rose (Rosa nutkana, FAC), trailing blackberry (Rubus
ursinus, FACU), and bracken fern (Pteridium aquilinum, FACU). Additional non-dominant species found
in sampling plot M-SP-7 includes salal (Gaultheria shallon, FACU) and baldhip rose (Rosa gymnocarpa,
FACU).
The soil within sampling plot M-SP-3 is composed of duff from 0 to 3 inches and a very dark
grayish brown (10YR 3/2) loam from 3 to 10 inches. Sampling plot M-SP-5 is composed of duff from 0
to 3 inches, very dark brown (10YR 2/2) silt loam from 3 to 6 inches and dark grayish brown (2.5Y 4/2)
sandy loam with dark yellowish brown (10YR 3/4) redox features from 6 to 12 inches which satisfies
hydric soils criterion as a depleted matrix. Sampling plot M-SP-7 is composed of dark grayish brown
(10YR 3/2) sandy loam from 0 to 10 inches and brown (10YR 5/3) sandy loam with brown (7.5YR 4/4)
redox features from 10 to 15 inches. A summary of the typical upland area adjacent to the Markley
Wetlands is provided in Table 2.
3.2.2 GUNSTONE –WHITE WETLAND
The Gunstone-White Wetland within the project area is approximately 8,455.82 sf or 0.19 of an
acre and is located northwest of the Eddy Street and Discovery Road intersection (see Figure 3). The
entire wetland including the Roberts site and right of way (not including lot 6 of the Roberts property) is
approximately 0.88 acres (Loggy Soil and Wetland Consulting 2006). It is not shown on the National
Wetlands Inventory map but is present on the City’s Environmentally Sensitive Areas map. GW-SP-1
characterizes the vegetation, hydrology, and soils of the Gunstone-White Wetland, and sampling plot
GW-SP-2 describes the adjacent upland area (see Appendix C). Two small depressional areas in the
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-9
north half of the Gunstone-White property were investigated as potential wetlands. These depressional
areas are located north of the Gunstone-White Wetland and east of the Howard Street alignment and
characterized by sampling plot GW-SP-3 and GP-SP-4. These areas were identified as wetlands in 2005;
however, one area only satisfies one of the three mandatory wetland criteria and the other area satisfies
none of the three mandatory wetland criteria and upon this review they were determined to be upland.
3.2.2.1 Gunstone-White Wetland Vegetation
The Gunstone-White Wetland is dominated by hydrophytic vegetation, primarily scrub-shrub
with emergent vegetation underneath. The dominant plant species found in this wetland includes:
• Crabbapple (Malus fusca, FACW)
• Nootka rose (Rosa nutkana, FAC)
• Slough sedge (Carex obnupta, OBL).
Additional non-dominant species found in the Gunstone-White Wetland include trailing
blackberry (Rubus ursinus, FACU).
3.2.2.2 Gunstone-White Wetland Soils
The soil was generally duff and organic matter from 0 to 3 inches and very dark grayish brown
(10YR 3/2) silt loam from 3 to 8 inches with strong brown (7.5YR 4/6) redox features. Below was
yellowish brown (10YR 5/4) sandy loam from 8 to 12 inches with strong brown (7.5YR 4/6) redox
features. The soil within the Gunstone-White Wetland at GW-SP-1 is characterized as a redox dark
surface (F6), which satisfies the hydric soil criterion.
3.2.2.3 Gunstone-White Wetland Hydrology
The soils in the Gunstone-White Wetland were dry at the time of the field investigation. Primary
indicators of wetland hydrology observed in GW-SP-1 include oxidized rhizopheres along living roots.
Hydrology for the Gunstone-White Wetland is primarily from a high groundwater table.
3.2.2.4 Gunstone-White Wetland Determination and Rating
All three mandatory wetland criteria are satisfied for the Gunstone-White Wetland. Landau
Associates classified the wetland as a scrub-shrub/depressional (Cowardin/HGM classification) wetland.
At the time of the field investigation, the Gunstone-White Wetland was dry; however, sparsely vegetated
concave surfaces were found within the wetland.
Using the Ecology wetland rating form, the Gunstone-White Wetland is rated as a Category III
wetland, scoring highest for habitat functions which rated a score of 22. Water quality functions were
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-10
rated with a score of 20, and hydrologic functions were rated a score of 7. Category III wetlands with a
moderate habitat score between 20 and 28 points with a high level of impact from land use (i.e.
residential, commercial) require a 150-ft buffer, according to the PTMC 19.05.110. A summary of the
Gunstone-White Wetland is provided in Table 2.
3.2.2.5 Upland Characterization
The upland area adjacent to the Gunstone-White Wetland is characterized by sample plot GW-
SP-2, which satisfies none of the three mandatory wetland criteria. Sample plot GW-SP-2 is located
approximately 2 ft from the Gunstone-White Wetland (see Figure 2).
The dominant species found at sample plot GW-SP-2 include red alder (Alnus rubra, FAC),
Vernal grass (Anthoxanthum odoratum, FACU), and Himalayan blackberry (Rubus armeniacus, FACU).
Additional non-dominant species found in sample plot GW-SP-2 include Nootka rose (Rosa nutkana,
FAC) and English plantain (Plantago lanceolata, FAC).
The soil within sample plot GW-SP-2 is composed of dark grayish brown (10YR 4/2) sandy loam
from 0 to 11 inches. A summary of the typical upland area adjacent to the Gunstone-White Wetland is
provided in Table 2.
3.2.2.6 Area investigations
Two small depressional areas within the Gunstone-White property were identified as a wetland in
2005 based on onsite flagging. The first depressional area is characterized by sample plot GW-SP-3,
which satisfies only one of the three mandatory wetland criteria, and located north of the Gunstone-White
Wetland on the east side of the Howard Street alignment. The second depressional area is characterized
by sample plot GW-SP-4, which satisfies none of the three mandatory wetland criteria, and is located at
the northwest corner of the property on the east side of the Howard Street alignment. At the time of the
field investigation these areas had no hydrology indicators.
The dominant species found at sample plot GW-SP-3 includes crabapple (Malus fusca, FACW),
Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii, FACU), trailing blackberry (Rubus ursinus, FACU), and sword fern
(polystichum munitum, FACU). Additional non-dominant species found in sample plot GW-SP-3 include
salal (Gaultheria shallon, FACU), Himalayan blackberry (Rubus armeniacus, FACU), Indian plum
(Oemleria cerasiformis, FACU), red elderberry (Sambuscus racemosa, FACU), and holly (Ilex
aquifolium, FACU). The dominant species found at sample plot GW-SP-4 includes red alder (Alnus
rubra, FAC), Himalayan blackberry (Rubus armeniacus, FACU), red elderberry (Sambuscus racemosa,
FACU), salal (Galtheria shallon, FACU), slough sedge (Carex obnupta, OBL), and bracken fern
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
3-11
(Pteridum aquilinum, FACU). Additional nondominant species found in sample plot GW-SP-4 includes
trailing blackberry (Rubus ursinus, FACU) and snowberry (Symphoricarpos albus, FACU).
The soil within the sample plot GW-SP-3 is characterized as a depleted matrix (F3), which
satisfies the hydric soil criterion. The soil was generally very dark gray (10YR 3/1) sandy loam from 0 to
5 inches. Below was dark grayish brown (10YR 4/2) sandy loam from 5 to 10 inches with strong brown
(7.5YR 5/6) redox features. The soil within sample plot GW-SP-4 is characterized as very dark gray
(10YR 3/1) sandy loam from 0 to 11 inches and then dark grayish brown (10YR 4/2) sandy loam with
brown (10YR 4/3) redox features.
3.2.3 SUMMARY
Markley Wetlands 1, 2 and 4 scored over 20 points for habitat while Markley Wetland 3 was less
than 20 points. Based on discussions with Rick Mraz with the Department of Ecology, Markley Wetlands
1 and 2 provide water quality treatment since these are within 150 ft of an existing dirt road. Markley
Wetland 4 is within 150 ft of a residential housing development and therefore also provides water quality
treatment. The rating for all these wetlands is either Category II or high Category III. The ratings,
vegetation, and minimal invasive species show these are very high quality wetlands. The Gunstone-White
site wetland is also a Category III wetland that scored highest for water quality functions. All of these
wetlands contain a diverse mix of vegetation, and provide habitat. Based on their respective scores, the
Markley and Gunstone-White wetlands are all of a significantly higher quality than the mowed wetlands
along the Howard Street project. 울
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
4-1
4.0 REGULATORY ASSESSMENT
As indicated in the PTMC Section 19.05.110 section B regulated wetlands are:
“…areas that are inundated or saturated by surface water or groundwater at a
frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal
circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in
saturated soil conditions. Designated wetlands generally include swamps,
marshes, bogs, and similar areas. Designated wetlands do not include those
artificial wetlands intentionally created from nonwetland sites, including, but not
limited to, irrigation and drainage ditches, grass-lined swales, canals, detention
facilities, wastewater treatment facilities, farm ponds, and landscape amenities,
or those wetlands created after July 1, 1990, that were unintentionally created as
a result of the construction of a road, street, or highway. Designated wetlands
may include those artificial wetlands intentionally created from nonwetland areas
to compensate for wetland impacts, including conversion of wetlands.”
Because these wetlands are not artificial, they will be regulated as a critical area by the City.
Based on conversations with the USACE, the Howard Street project wetlands will be regulated by
USACE. However, the project qualifies as a Nationwide Permit 14 for linear transportation projects.
Since the USACE will regulate these wetlands under Section 404 of the CWA, Ecology will regulate
under Section 401 of the CWA. Since the Howard Street wetlands are being regulated by the USACE and
Ecology, it is anticipated the Markley site and the Gunstone-White site wetlands which will be used as
mitigation, will also be regulated by these agencies. Per the letter dated February 21, 2009 from Chris
Byrnes with WDFW to the City of Port Townsend, an HPA is not required for the Howard Street work
(WDFW 2009).
These wetlands are also regulated under PTMC 19.05.110 subsection F (8) allows mitigation in
the form of preservation for wetlands in combination with other forms of mitigation such as enhancement
at the preservation site.
The Markley and Gunstone-White properties do have high quality wetlands that are under
imminent threat from development that is occurring on all sides of these sites. Additionally the Roberts
wetland area which connects to the Gunstone-White wetland is also under imminent threat from
development. These wetlands do support diverse vegetation, however in some of the buffer areas, that
vegetation includes non-native invasive species such as holly, Himalayan Blackberry and scotch broom.
Removing these invasive species from the wetland buffers would be used in combination with
preservation of 2.85 acres of wetland area. The Howard Street project impacts are estimated at 0.37 acres
of wetland impact. Based upon PTMC 19.05.110 subsection F (8) a. iv, using a combination of
preservation and wetland enhancement the mitigation ratio should “range from 10:1 to 20:1 as determined
on a case by case basis, depending on the quality of the wetland being mitigated and the quality of the
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
4-2
wetlands being preserved.” Using these calculations, the minimum mitigation ratio would be 3.7 acres of
wetland preservation and enhancement. Our proposal is to preserve 2.85 acres of Category II and high
functioning Category III wetlands and provide a minimum of 0.85 acres of buffer enhancement by
removing non-native invasive species within the wetland buffers of these preserved wetlands. This
provides a 10:1 mitigation ratio and preserves wetlands of a much higher quality than those being
impacted. If a 12:1 ratio is required, the proposal will preserve 2.85 acres of wetlands and provide 1.59
acres of enhancement. The following is a comparison of the wetlands proposed for preservation and
wetlands impacted by the Howard Street Project:
Wetland
Classification
(Cowardin/HGM) Category
Size
(SF)
1
Score for
Water
Quality
Functions
Score for
Hydrologic
Functions
Score for
Habitat
Functions
Total
Score for
Functions
Preservation Wetlands
Markley
Wetland
1
PFO-PSS/
Depression
Cat II 47,369 24
7
23 54
Markley
Wetland
2
PFO/
Depression
Cat II 29,340 24
7
23 54
Markley
Wetland
3
PFO-PEM/
Depression
Cat III 2,951 12
7
18 37
Markley
Wetland
4
PFO-PSS/
Depression
Cat II 6,148 24
7
22 53
Gunstone
-White
Wetland
PSS/
Depression
Cat III 8,455 20
7
22 49
Impacted Wetlands
Wetland
A
PFO/
Depression
Cat III 12,697 18
5
13 36
Wetland
C
PEM/
Depression
Cat IV 1,130 16
7
5 28
Wetland
E
PEM/
Depression
Cat IV
not
regulat
ed
16
7
6 29
Wetland
I
PSS/
Depression
Cat IV 462 14
5
8 27
Wetland
J
PFO-PSS/
Depression
Cat III 222 14
5
11 30
Wetland
N
PFO/
Depression
Cat IV 740 14
5
10 29
Wetland
O
PEM/
Depression
Cat IV
not
regulat
ed
10 10
9 29
1
Impacted wetland SF for impacted area only⤉
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
5-1
5.0 CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION
The wetlands delineated for this report could be used as mitigation for the Howard Street project
to the south. Preserving these wetlands will provide mitigation for the impacts to wetlands along the
Howard Street corridor. The wetlands in the Howard Street ROW are within the same drainage basin and
preservation and enhancement as mitigation is allowed per PTMC 19.05.110 subsection F.8.a.
The Markley and Gunstone-White wetlands and the surrounding area also provide passive
recreation. During the field work, it was evident these areas are used extensively for walking and
bicycling. The Markley site is adjacent to existing City Open Space and preserving these wetlands will
add open space and maintains recreational benefits to the local community.
Therefore, the wetlands in this delineation report could be preserved and enhanced fulfilling the
mitigation requirements. Per the PTMC the preservation and enhancement ratio ranges from 1:10 up to
1:20 and is determined on a case-by-case basis, depending on the quality of the wetlands being mitigated
and the quality of the wetlands being preserved. Based on the scores, the wetlands on the Markley and
Gunstone-White/Roberts properties all rated as Category II or very high Category III wetlands and are of
a higher quality than the mowed wetlands impacted by the construction on the Howard Street project.
The Markley and Gunstone-White/Roberts wetlands support a diverse native plant population, provide
snags for habitat, and provide excellent opportunity to increase the existing open space and maintain
existing recreation for residents and visitors to Port Townsend.
As stated this is the second of a series of reports. The next report will provide full mitigation
details, provided the City and the owners of the properties discussed in this report can work together to
ensure preservation of these high quality wetlands. l
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
6-1
6.0 USE OF THIS REPORT
The findings presented herein are based on our understanding of City of Port Townsend
Municipal Code, the USACE and Ecology wetland delineation methodology, and on our interpretation of
the vegetative, soil, and hydrology conditions observed during the field investigation. Within the
limitations of scope, schedule, and budget, the findings presented in this report were prepared in
accordance with generally accepted sensitive area investigation principles and practices in this locality at
the time the report was prepared. We make no other warranty, either express or implied.
This report was prepared for the use of City of Port Townsend, and applicable regulatory
agencies. No other party is entitled to rely on the information, conclusions, and recommendations
included in this document without the express written consent of Landau Associates. Further, the reuse of
information, conclusions, and recommendations provided herein for extensions of the project, or for any
other project, without review and authorization by Landau Associates, shall be at the user’s sole risk.
Wetland areas delineated by Landau Associates are considered preliminary until the USACE
and/or local jurisdictional agencies validate the wetland boundaries. Because wetlands are dynamic
communities, wetland boundaries may change over time. The agencies typically recognize wetland
delineations for a period of five years following an approved jurisdictional determination. In addition,
changes in government code, regulations, and/or laws may occur.
This document has been prepared under the supervision and direction of the following key staff.
LANDAU ASSOCIATES, INC.
Jessica C. Stone
Senior Staff Scientist
Theresa M. Turpin
Associate Planner
JCS/TMT/jase
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
7-1
7.0 REFERENCES
Brinson, M. 1993. Final Report: A Hydrogeomorphic Classification for Wetlands. Wetlands Research
Program Technical Report WRP-DE-4. East Carolina University, Biology Department. Greenville,
North Carolina. Prepared for U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. August.
Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and
Deepwater Habitats of the United States. Government Printing Office. Washington, D.C.
Ecology. 1997. Washington State Wetlands Identification and Delineation Manual. Publication No.
96-94. Washington State Department of Ecology. Olympia, Washington. March.
EPA and USACE. 2007. Memorandum: Clean Water Act Jurisdiction Following the U.S. Supreme
Court’s Decision in Rapanos v. United States and Carabell v. United States. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. June 5. Available at
http://www.epa.gov/owow/wetlands/pdf/RapanosGuidance6507.pdf. Accessed June 30, 2009.
FEMA. 1982a. Q3 Flood Data, Jefferson County, Washington, 5300690155B. Federal Emergency
Management Agency. Washington, D.C.
FEMA. 1982b. Q3 Flood Data, City of Port Townsend, Washington, 5300700010B. Federal Emergency
Management Agency. Washington, D.C.
Greytag Macbeth. 1994. Munsell Soil Color Charts. New Windsor, New York.
Hruby, T. 2004. Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington – Revised.
Publication No. 04-06-025. Washington State Department of Ecology. Olympia, Washington.
Landau Associates. 2008. Sims Way Howard Road Wetland Report, Port Townsend Washington.
Prepared for WHPacific. October 8, 2008.
Loggy Soil and Wetland Consulting. 2006. Wetland Critical Area Study. Prepared for property owners
William and Mary Roberts. December 16.
NRCS web site. Web Soil Survey. http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/app/WebSoilSurvey.aspx. Natural
Resource Conservation Services. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Accessed May 21, 2008.
Port Townsend. 2009a. Zoning Map. City of Port Townsend web site.
http://www.cityofpt.us/PublicWorks/PDFs/Zone.pdf Accessed August 20, 2009.
Port Townsend. 2009b. Municipal Code. http://www.codepublishing.com/wa/porttownsend.html.
Accessed August 20, 2009.
Port Townsend. 2009c. Environmentally Sensitive Area Map. City of Port Townsend web site.
http://www.cityofpt.us/publicworks/PDFs/ESA.pdf. Accessed August 20, 2009.
Reed, P.B., Jr. 1993. National List of Plant Species That Occur in Wetlands: Northwest (Region 9).
Available at http://www.fws.gov/nwi/bha/list88.html. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Biol. Rep. 88
(26.9). Washington, D.C.
3/4/10 Y:\974\002\R\Markley Delineation Final_Rpt.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
7-2
Reed, P.B., Jr. 1988. National List of Plant Species that Occur in Wetlands: 1988 National Summary.
Available at http://www.fws.gov/nwi/bha/list88.html U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Washington, D.C.
Scott, N. 2009. Personal communication. (Met in field with Theresa Turpin, Associate Environmental
Planner, Landau Associates). Nancy Scott, Property owner. Re: development plans. (August 25, 2009)
USACE. 2008. Interim Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual:
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region. Technical Report ERDC/EL TR-08-13. U.S. Army
Corps of Engineer Research and Development Center Environmental Laboratory. Vicksburg,
Mississippi. April.
USACE. 1994. Washington Regional Guidance on the 1987 Wetland Delineation Manual. U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Seattle District Regulatory Branch. May 23.
USACE. 1987. Wetlands Delineation Manual. Technical Report Y-87-1. U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers Waterways Experiment Station. Vicksburg, Mississippi. March.
USDA, NRCS. 2009a. Web Soil Survey. Available at
http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/app/WebSoilSurvey.aspx. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural
Resources Conservation Service. Accessed August 13, 2009.
USDA, NRCS. 2009b. National Hydric Soils List. Available at http://soils.usda.gov/use/hydric/. U.S.
Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. Accessed August 7.
USDA, NRCS. 2004. Clallam Series. Available at
http://www2.ftw.nrcs.usda.gov/osd/dat/C/CLALLAM.html. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural
Resources Conservation Service. Accessed on September 29, 2009.
USDA, NRCS. 2002. Climate Information - Wetlands Retrieval for Washington. Available at
http://www.wcc.nrcs.usda.gov/climate/wetlands.html. Accessed: September 29.
USFWS. National Wetlands Inventory Map. 1981 to the present.
http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/data/mapper.html. Accessed June 30, 2009.
WDFW. 2009. Letter. Re: Hydraulic Project Application; Howard Street Extension, Placement of Fill
in Isolated Wetlands. Chris Byrnes, Area Habitat Biologist, State of Washington Department of Fish and
Wildlife. February 21.
Weather Underground. History for Port Townsend,KWAPORTT3, WA. http://www.wunderground.com/.
Accessed September 29, 2009.
Page 1 of 1
TABLE 1
METHODS FOR WETLAND DETERMINATION
Parameter
Definition
Field Indicators
Field Assessment
1. Dominance: The dominant plants and their wetland indicator status are evaluated
quantitatively within data plots and visually throughout the study area. If the test for
dominance fails, and indicators of wetland soils and hydrology are present, the Prevalence
Index is calculated.
2. Prevalence Index: A weighted average of the percent cover of each indicator status is
calculated (see data sheets in appendix). An index of 3 or less is considered meeting the
hydrophytic vegetation criterion. If the Prevalence Index is not met, the consideration is given
to morphological adaptations and/or non-vascular plants.
Wetland Vegetation
(a)
Wetland vegetation is adapted to saturated soil conditions. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service has
assigned a wetland indicator to each plant species that denotes its frequency of occurrence within
wetlands. These are:
Obligate (OBL) wetland plants occur almost always in wetlands under natural conditions (more
than 99 percent of the time).
Facultative wetland (FACW) plants usually occur in wetlands (67 to 99 percent of the time) but
are occasionally found in nonwetlands.
Facultative (FAC) plants are equally likely to occur in wetlands or nonwetlands (34 to 66
percent of the time).
Facultative upland (FACU) plants usually occur in nonwetlands, but are occasionally found in
wetlands (1 to 33 percent of the time).
Obligate upland (UPL) plans almost always occur in uplands (more than 99 percent of the
time).
Modifiers:
+ Frequency toward the higher end of the category (more frequently found in wetlands).
– Frequency toward the lower end of the category (less frequently found in wetlands).
* Tentative assignment based on limited information from which to determine the indicator status.
More than 50% of the dominant plants totaled from all vegetation strata are
hyrdrophytic, i.e. those species with indicators of OBL, FACW, or FAC
(regardless of modifier), or;
a plant community has a visually estimated cover percentage of OBL and FACW
species that exceeds the coverage of FACU and UPL species. If dominance is
not met, the Prevalence Index is calculated, or consideration is given to
morphological adaptations and/or non-vascular plants observed.
3. Morphological Adaptations/Non-vascular Plants: Some plants develop recognizable
morphological adaptations when occurring in wetland areas. These features must be
observed on >50% of the individuals of a FACU species living in an area where indicators of
hydric soils and wetland hydrology are present. Wetland non-vascular plants can include
bryophytes (mosses, liverworts, hormworts). The cover of wetland bryophytes must be >50%
of the total bryophyte cover in a plot in coastal Washington forested wetlands.
Wetland Soils (b)
Soils are classified as hydric, or they possess characteristics that are associated with reducing soil
conditions. A hydric soil is formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough
during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part of the soil.
Hydric soils have an identifiable color pattern, which occurs if the soil is
saturated, flooded, or ponded for a long period of time. Faint or washed-out
colors typically form in the soil, and redox features of bright color, such as rust
(known as redoxymorphic features), form. Accumulations of organic matter at
the surface, a sulfur odor, and organic matter stains may also be present.
A shovel is used to dig holes at least 20 inches BGS at multiple locations in the study area.
Direct observation of the soil is made at multiple locations in both wetlands and uplands, as
applicable. Soil organic content is determined visually and texturally, and soil color is
determined using the Munsell soil color chart (Greytag Macbeth 1994). Depth to water
saturation and/or inundation is also observed (see Wetland Hydrology). The characteristics
observed are compared to the hydric soil indicators for “all soils,” “sandy soils,” and “loamy
clayey soils,” as described in the USACE Interim Regional Supplement (USACE 2008).
Wetland Hydrology
(c)
The area is inundated either permanently or periodically at mean water depths less than or equal to
6.6 ft, or
The soil is inundated or saturated to the surface for at least 14 consecutive days during the growing
season (d).
Examples of primary indicators of wetland hydrology include, but are not limited
to, surface inundation (standing water), saturated soils, water marks, drift and
sediment deposits, algal mat or crust, iron deposits, surface soil cracks, oxidized
root channels, and presence of reduced iron. Secondary indicators of hydrology
include, but are not limited to, water-stained leaves, drainage patterns, dry-
season water table, geomorphic position, and the FAC-Neutral test. In the
absence of any primary indicators, at least two secondary indicators are required
to meet the wetland hydrology criterion.
During investigation of soils, soil pits are allowed to stand up to 20 minutes in order to allow
percolation of any groundwater into the pit to determine groundwater level in the soil profile.
Additional digging may occur to 24 inches BGS during the dry season to investigate
groundwater levels. In addition, the extent of soil saturation and presence/absence of
oxidation are determined in the soils removed as part of the soils investigation (see Wetland
Soils). Other indicators of wetland hydrology are observed at ground surface.
Notes:
(a) Categories were originally developed and defined by the USFWS National Wetlands Inventory and subsequently modified by the National Plant List Panel (Reed 1993, Reed 1988).
(b) USACE 1987, 2008.
(c) USACE 1987, 2008.
(d) The growing season is the time during which two or more non-evergreen vascular plant species growing in a wetland or surrounding area exhibit biological activity, such as new
growth. Growing season can also be determined by soil temperature.
2/25/10 Y:\974\002\R\Wetland Delineation_tb1.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
Page 1 of 1
TABLE 2
WETLAND DELINEATION SUMMARY
System
Classification
(Cowardin/HGM)
City of Port Townsend
Category
Buffer Width
(ft)
Markley Wetland 1 PFO-PSS/Depression
Cat II
150
Markley Wetland 2
PFO/Depression
Cat II
150
Markley Wetland 3 PFO-PEM/Depression
Cat III
80
Markley Wetland 4 PFO-PSS/Depression
Cat II
150
Gunstone-White
Wetland
PSS/Depression
Cat III
150
Key:
PFO = Palustrine Forested
PSS = Palustrine Scrub-Shrub
PEM = Palustrine Emergent
2/25/10 Y:\974\002\R\Wetland Delineation_tb2.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES⥪
Page 1 of 2
TABLE 3
SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS OF WETLANDS AND UPLANDS
SUMMARY OF MARKLEY WETLAND 1
Wetland Classification
Palustrine forested/scrub-shrub
(Cowardin)
Depressional (HGM)
Approximate Size of Wetland
Within study area: 1.08 acres
Hydrology Indicator(s)
Water stained leaves, oxidized rhizopheres along living roots, algae crusts (in wetland
area outside sample plots)
Hydric Soils?
Yes, depleted matrix (see sample points M-SP-1 and M-SP-2 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
100% (see sample points M-SP-1 and M-SP-2 in Appendix D)
Rating and Buffer Width
Ecology Wetland Rating Form Category II, requiring a 150-foot buffer in accordance with
City of Port Townsend Municipal Code.
Principal Functions
Water Quality, Habitat, drainage corridor
SUMMARY OF MARKLEY WETLAND 2
Wetland Classification
Palustrine forested (Cowardin)
Depressional (HGM)
Approximate Size of Wetland
Within study area: 0.67 acres
Hydrology Indicator(s)
Water stained leaves, oxidized rhizopheres along living roots
Hydric Soils?
Yes, redox dark surface (see sample point M-SP-4 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
100% (see sample point M-SP-4 in Appendix D)
Rating and Buffer Width
Ecology Wetland Rating Form Category II, requiring a 150-foot buffer in accordance with
City of Port Townsend Municipal Code.
Principal Functions
Habitat, drainage corridor
SUMMARY OF MARKLEY WETLAND 3
Wetland Classification
Palustrine forested/emergent (Cowardin) Depressional (HGM)
Approximate Size of Wetland
Within study area: 0.07 acres
Hydrology Indicator(s)
Water stained leaves, oxidized rhizopheres along living roots
Hydric Soils?
Yes, redox dark surface (see sample point M-SP-6 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
67% (see sample point M-SP-6 in Appendix D)
Rating and Buffer Width
Ecology Wetland Rating Form Category III, requiring a 80-foot buffer in accordance with
City of Port Townsend Municipal Code.
Principal Functions
Habitat, drainage corridor
SUMMARY OF MARKLEY WETLAND 4
Wetland Classification
Palustrine forested/scrub-shrub
(Cowardin)
Depressional (HGM)
Approximate Size of Wetland
Within study area: 0.14 acres
Hydrology Indicator(s)
oxidized rhizopheres along living roots
Hydric Soils?
Yes, redox dark surface (see sample point M-SP-8 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
80% (see sample point M-SP-6 in Appendix D)
Rating and Buffer Width
Ecology Wetland Rating Form Category II, requiring a 150-foot buffer in accordance with
City of Port Townsend Municipal Code.
Principal Functions
Water Quality, Habitat, drainage corridor
2/25/10 Y:\974\002\R\Wetland Delineation_tb3.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
Page 2 of 2
TABLE 3
SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS OF WETLANDS AND UPLANDS
2/25/10 Y:\974\002\R\Wetland Delineation_tb3.doc
LANDAU ASSOCIATES
SUMMARY OF UPLAND ADJACENT TO MARKLEY WETLANDS
Hydrology Indicator
None
Hydric Soils?
Yes, depleted matrix in upland depressional areas (see sample point M-SP-5 in
Appendix D), no in most upland areas (see sample point M-SP-3 and M-SP-7 in
Appendix D).
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
0% (see sample points M-SP-3 and M-SP-5 in Appendix D) and 50% (see sample point
M-SP-7 in Appendix D)
SUMMARY OF GUNSTONE-WHITE WETLAND
Wetland Classification
Palustrine forested/scrub-shrub
(Cowardin)
Depressional (HGM)
Approximate Size of Wetland
Within study area: 0.19 acres
Entire Wetland: 0.88 acres
Hydrology Indicator(s)
Oxidized rhizopheres along living roots, sparsely vegetated concave surface (in wetland
area outside sample point)
Hydric Soils?
Yes, redox dark surface (see sample point GW-SP-1 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
100% (see sample point GW-SP-1 in Appendix D)
Rating and Buffer Width
Ecology Wetland Rating Form Category III, requiring a 150-foot buffer in accordance
with City of Port Townsend Municipal Code.
Principal Functions
Water Quality, Habitat, drainage corridor
SUMMARY OF UPLAND ADJACENT TO GUNSTONE-WHITE WETLAND
Hydrology Indicator
None
Hydric Soils?
No (see sample point GW-SP-2 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
33% (see sample point GW-SP-2 in Appendix D)
SUMMARY OF GUNSTONE-WHITE UPLAND AREA 1
Hydrology Indicator
None
Hydric Soils?
Yes, depleted matrix (see sample point GW-SP-3 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
33% (see sample point GW-SP-3 in Appendix D)
SUMMARY OF GUNSTONE-WHITE UPLAND AREA 2
Hydrology Indicator
None
Hydric Soils?
No (see sample point GW-SP-4 in Appendix D)
% Hydrophytic Vegetation
33% (see sample point GW-SP-4 in Appendix D) ⍥
!
Project Location
UV
20
F
Cook
Cherry
49th
Sheridan
San Juan
Walker
Admiralty
Cook Avenue
Discovery
Hastings
Port Townsend
Fort Worden State Park
Fort Worden State Park
Bishop Park Bishop Park
Port Townsend Bay
Port Townsend Bay
Strait of Juan de Fuca
Strait of Juan de Fuca
Glen Cove Glen Cove
Kah Tai Lagoon
Kah Tai Lagoon
Chinese Gardens Lagoon
Chinese Gardens Lagoon
Municipal Golf Course Pond
Municipal Golf Course Pond
Strangers Lake
Strangers Lake
Data Source: ESRI 2008
Wetland Delineations
Port Townsend, Washington
Vicinity Map
Figure
1
0
0.5
1
Miles
Y:\Projects\974002\Mapdocs\Fig1_Vicinity.mxd 1/6/2010
!
!
!
!
W a s h i n g t o n
W a s h i n g t o n
!
Port Townsend
Tacoma
Spokane
Everett
Seattle
Project
Location
Wetland 3
Wetland 2
Wetland 1
Gunstone-White
Wetland
Wetland 4
Roberts/Loggy Survey
Wetland
RAINIER ST RAINIER ST
HOWARD ST HOWARD ST
EDDY ST EDDY ST
20TH ST 20TH ST
13TH ST 13TH ST
15TH ST 15TH ST
DISCOVERY RD DISCOVERY RD
18TH ST 18TH ST
16TH ST 16TH ST
CLIFF ST CLIFF ST
VICTORIA AVE
VICTORIA AVE
BAKER ST BAKER ST
SHASTA ST SHASTA ST
TOWNE POINT AVE
TOWNE POINT AVE
LAWRENCE PL
LAWRENCE PL
BEACON PL BEACON PL
RAINIER ST RAINIER ST
13TH ST 13TH ST
13TH ST 13TH ST
15TH ST 15TH ST
HOWARD ST HOWARD ST
EDDY ST EDDY ST
15TH ST 15TH ST
Map By: Amee R. Howard
February 2010
F
0 150 300
75
Feet
GWSP 4
GWSP 3
1 inch = 236 feet
Howard St. Extension Project
80' Buffer
150' Buffer 021010
William Roberts Property
Gunstone-White Property
Markley Property
Roberts/Loggy Survey Wetland
Wetlands
Figure 2
ISE Consultants makes no warranty with respect to correctness
or validity of this map. Data contained in this map is limited by the
method and accuracy of its collection. The measurements are an
approximation and should hold true to their intended purpose for
this project. Black and white reproduction of this color original may
lead to incorrect interpretation.夀
Wetland 3
2,951.13 Sq. Ft.
Wetland 2
29,340.98 Sq. Ft.
Wetland 1
47,369.65 Sq. Ft.
Gunstone-White
Wetland
8,455.82 Sq. Ft.
Wetland 4
6,148.76 Sq. Ft.
Roberts/Loggy Survey
Wetland
29,953 Sq. Ft.
RAINIER ST RAINIER ST
HOWARD ST HOWARD ST
EDDY ST EDDY ST
20TH ST 20TH ST
DISCOVERY RD DISCOVERY RD
18TH ST 18TH ST
16TH ST 16TH ST
CLIFF ST CLIFF ST
13TH ST 13TH ST
15TH ST 15TH ST
BAKER ST BAKER ST
VICTORIA AVE
VICTORIA AVE
SHASTA ST SHASTA ST
TOWNE POINT AVE
TOWNE POINT AVE
14TH ST 14TH ST
GIBBS ST GIBBS ST
LAWRENCE PL
LAWRENCE PL
BEACON PL BEACON PL
RAINIER ST RAINIER ST
13TH ST 13TH ST
CLIFF ST CLIFF ST
13TH ST 13TH ST
HOWARD ST HOWARD ST
EDDY ST EDDY ST
15TH ST 15TH ST
15TH ST 15TH ST
Map By: Amee R. Howard
February 2010
F
0 110 220
55
Feet
GWSP 4 GWSP 4
GWSP 3 GWSP 3
1 inch = 155 feet
Figure 3
GWSP 1 GWSP 1
GWSP 2 GWSP 2
MSP 2 MSP 2
MSP 1 MSP 1
MSP 3 MSP 3
MSP 5 MSP 5
MSP 4 MSP 4
MSP 6 MSP 6
MSP 7 MSP 7
MSP 8 MSP 8
Howard St. Extension Project
Wetlands
Markley Property
Gunstone-White Property
150' Buffer
80' Buffer
Exisitng Trails
Critical Drainage
William Roberts Property Sample Plots
Survey Marker
ISE Consultants makes no warranty with respect to correctness or validity of this map.
Data contained in this map is limited by the method and accuracy of its collection.
The measurements are an approximation and should hold true to their intended purpose for this project.
Black and white reproduction of this color original may lead to incorrect interpretation.ࠕ
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
Howard St.
Howard St.
Rainier St.
Rainier St.
Eddy St.
Eddy St.
13th St. 13th St.
15th St. 15th St.
20th St. 20th St.
18th St. 18th St.
16th St. 16th St.
Cliff St. Cliff St.
Discovery Rd.
Discovery Rd.
Hood St.
Hood St.
Baker St.
Baker St.
Shasta St.
Shasta St.
Victoria Ave.
Victoria Ave.
Towne Point Ave.
Towne Point Ave.
Lawrence Pl.
Lawrence Pl.
Beacon Pl.
Beacon Pl.
Howard St.
Howard St.
13th St. 13th St.
Rainier St.
Rainier St.
Eddy St.
Eddy St.
13th St. 13th St.
15th St. 15th St.
Eddy St.
Eddy St.
15th St. 15th St.
Cliff St. Cliff St.
Existing Trails and Utilities
Trails
Water Mains
! !
Water CT Pipeline
Water Hydrants
Storm Pipes
Parcels
Wetlands
OpenSpace
February 2010
0 100 200
Feet
ISE Consultants makes no warranty with respect to correctness or validity of this map.
Data contained in this map is limited by the method and accuracy of its collection.
The measurements are an approximation and should hold true to their intended purpose for this project.
Black and white reproduction of this color original may lead to incorrect interpretation.
1 inch = 233 feet
E
Figure 4
Rainier St.
Rainier St.
Howard St.
Howard St.
Eddy St.
Eddy St.
13th St. 13th St.
15th St. 15th St.
20th St. 20th St.
18th St. 18th St.
16th St. 16th St.
Discovery Rd.
Discovery Rd.
Hood St.
Hood St.
Baker St.
Baker St.
Shasta St.
Shasta St.
Victoria Ave.
Victoria Ave.
Cliff St. Cliff St.
Rainier St.
Rainier St.
13th St. 13th St.
Eddy St.
Eddy St.
Eddy St.
Eddy St.
13th St. 13th St.
Howard St.
Howard St.
15th St. 15th St.
15th St. 15th St.
February 2010
ISE Consultants makes no warranty with respect to correctness or validity of this map.
Data contained in this map is limited by the method and accuracy of its collection.
The measurements are an approximation and should hold true to their intended purpose for this project.
Black and white reproduction of this color original may lead to incorrect interpretation.
E
0
300
600 Feet
1 inch = 238 feet
Zoning and Open Space
Open Space
Wetlands
80' Buffer
150' Buffer
Zoning
P/OS(B)
R-I(SF)
R-II(SF)
R-III(MF)
R-IV(MF)
Figure 5塜
APPENDIX A
Background Information Review Figures
WETS Station : CHIMACUM 4 S, WA1414 Creation Date: 09/10/2002
Latitude: 4757 Longitude: 12247 Elevation: 00140
State FIPS/County(FIPS): 53031 County Name: Jefferson
Start yr. - 1971 End yr. - 2000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Temperature | Precipitation |
| (Degrees F.) | (Inches) |
|-----------------------|--------------------------------------|
| | | | | 30% chance |avg | |
| | | | | will have |# of| avg |
|-------|-------|-------| |-----------------|days| total|
Month | avg | avg | avg | avg | less | more |w/.1| snow |
| daily | daily | | | than | than | or| fall |
| max | min | | | | |more| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
January | ----- | ----- | ----- | 3.56 | 2.06 | 4.33 | 8 | 1.2 |
February | ----- | ----- | ----- | 3.02 | 1.76 | 3.68 | 7 | 0.2 |
March | ----- | ----- | ----- | 3.13 | 2.21 | 3.71 | 8 | 0.2 |
April | ----- | ----- | ----- | 2.26 | 1.58 | 2.68 | 6 | 0.0 |
May | ----- | ----- | ----- | 2.06 | 1.52 | 2.41 | 6 | 0.0 |
June | ----- | ----- | ----- | 1.81 | 1.10 | 2.20 | 5 | 0.0 |
July | ----- | ----- | ----- | 0.99 | 0.54 | 1.20 | 2 | 0.0 |
August | ----- | ----- | ----- | 1.12 | 0.54 | 1.37 | 2 | 0.0 |
September | ----- | ----- | ----- | 1.27 | 0.50 | 1.54 | 3 | 0.0 |
October | ----- | ----- | ----- | 2.08 | 1.06 | 2.54 | 5 | 0.0 |
November | ----- | ----- | ----- | 3.91 | 2.59 | 4.69 | 9 | 0.0 |
December | ----- | ----- | ----- | 4.05 | 2.58 | 4.88 | 9 | 0.6 |
----------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|--------|----|------|
----------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|--------|----|------|
Annual | ----- | ----- | ----- | ------ | 25.79 | 32.13 | -- | ---- |
----------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|--------|----|------|
Average | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | ------ | ------ | ------ | -- | ---- |
----------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|--------|----|------|
Total | ----- | ----- | ----- | 29.27 | ------ | ------ | 70 | 2.2 |
----------|-------|-------|-------|--------|--------|--------|----|------|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
GROWING SEASON DATES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Temperature
---------------------|-----------------------------------------------------
Probability | 24 F or higher | 28 F or higher | 32 F or higher |
---------------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------
| Beginning and Ending Dates
| Growing Season Length
|
50 percent * | ---------- | ---------- | ----------
| ------ | ------ | ------
| | |
70 percent * | ---------- | ---------- | ----------
| ------ | ------ | ------
| | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Percent chance of the growing season occurring between the Beginning
and Ending dates ⤴
48-7-0 N
48-7-0 N
48-7-20 N
48-7-20 N
48-6-40 N
48-6-40 N
122-48-20 W
122-48-20 W
122-47-20 W
122-47-20 W
122-47-40 W
122-47-40 W
122-48-40 W
122-48-40 W
122-48-0 W
122-48-0 W
t
R a i n i e r S t
H o w a r d S t
H o w a r d S t
2 0 t h S t
1 8 t h S t
1 6 t h S t
S h a s t a S t
B a k e r S t
1 5 t h S t
1 5 t h S t
1 3 t h S t
1 3 t h S t
T o w n
E d d y S t
E d d y S t
E d d
C l i f f
H o
Property Owners
Proposed Extension
Wetlands
110' Buffer
Critical Drainage
Wayne Roberts
Zuniga
Reagan
Penix
Horton
William Roberts
Valerie Mitchell
YAM Sunshine
Renae White
Gunstone, Charles
Markley Property
·
Geographic Coordinate System (WGS84)
TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS
USGS Raster Graphics (Topo Maps)
No legend available
TRANSPORTATION
Seattle-Tacoma Area Roads (USGS)
US Interstate Labels (BTS)
No legend available
US Road Labels (BTS)
No legend available
Washington Roads (BTS)
APPENDIX B
Soil Profile ReportsB
LOCATION CLALLAM WA
Established Series
Rev. LJH/RJE/MPR/SBC
02/2004
CLALLAM SERIES
The Clallam series consists of moderately deep to densic materials, moderately well drained soils
formed in glacial till over very compact glacial till. These soils are on glaciated hills and have
slopes of 0 to 30 percent. The average annual precipitation is about 23 inches and the mean
annual temperature is about 48 degrees F.
TAXONOMIC CLASS: Loamy-skeletal, isotic, mesic Oxyaquic Vitrandic Haploxerepts
TYPICAL PEDON: Clallam gravelly ashy sandy loam - forested. (Colors are for moist soil
unless otherwise noted. All textures are apparent field textures.)
Oi--0 to 1 inch; slightly decomposed needles, leaves, and twigs.
Oe--1 to 2 inches; moderately decomposed needles, leaves, and twigs.
A--2 to 3 inches; brown (10YR 4/3) gravelly ashy sandy loam, light brownish gray (10YR 6/2)
dry; weak fine and very fine granular structure parting to weak very fine subangular blocky;
slightly hard, friable, slightly sticky and nonplastic; many fine and very fine roots; many fine and
very fine irregular and tubular pores; 15 percent gravel; strongly acid (pH 5.2); abrupt smooth
boundary. (1 to 4 inches thick)
Bw1--3 to 12 inches; brown (10YR 5/3) gravelly ashy sandy loam, light gray (2.5Y 7/2) dry;
common medium distinct dark yellowish brown (10YR 4/4) redox concentrations, very pale
brown (10YR 7/4) dry; weak fine and very fine subangular blocky structure; hard, friable,
nonsticky and nonplastic; many fine and very fine and common medium roots; many fine and
very fine irregular and tubular pores; 20 percent gravel and 5 percent cobbles; strongly acid (pH
5.4); clear smooth boundary. (3 to 14 inches thick)
Bw2--12 to 30 inches; brown (10YR 5/3) very gravelly ashy sandy loam, light gray (2.5Y 7/2);
common medium distinct dark yellowish brown (10YR 4/4) redox concentrations, very pale
brown (10YR 7/4) dry; weak fine and very fine subangular blocky structure; hard, firm,
nonsticky and nonplastic; common fine and very fine, and few medium roots; many very fine
irregular and common very fine tubular pores; 35 percent gravel and 10 percent cobbles; strongly
acid (pH 5.4); clear wavy boundary. (7 to 18 inches thick)
Cd1--30 to 39 inches; light brownish gray (2.5Y 6/2) dense glacial till that crushed to very
gravelly sandy loam, light gray (2.5Y 7/2) dry; common medium distinct strong brown (7.5YR
5/6) redox concentrations, reddish yellow (7.5YR 6/6) dry; massive; very hard, very firm, ⣹
slightly sticky and nonplastic; few very fine irregular and common very fine tubular pores; 30
percent gravel and 5 percent cobbles; strongly acid (pH 5.4); clear wavy boundary. (7 to 19
inches thick)
Cd2--39 to 62 inches; grayish brown (2.5Y 5/2) dense glacial till that crushes to very gravelly
loam, light gray (2.5Y 7/2) dry; massive; very hard, very firm, slightly sticky and slightly plastic;
few very fine irregular pores; 30 percent gravel and 10 percent cobbles; moderately acid (pH
6.0).
TYPE LOCATION: Clallam County, Washington; 4,000 feet south and 600 feet east of the
northwest corner of sec. 24, T. 30 N., R. 5 W. Willamette Meridian.
RANGE IN CHARACTERISTICS:
Depth to densic contact - 20 to 40 inches
Moisture control section - dry 60 to 90 days following the summer solstice
Average annual soil temperature - 49 to 51 degrees F.
Reaction - strongly acid to slightly acid
A horizon -
Value - 3 or 4 moist, 4 to 6 dry
Chroma - 2 to 3 moist and dry
Texture - ashy-SL, ashy-L
Clay content - 3 to 18 percent
Rock fragments - 15 to 35 percent gravel, 0 to 20 percent cobbles, 15 to 35 percent total
Some pedons have an E horizon
Bw horizons -
Hue - 7.5YR to 2.5 Y
Value - 3 to 5 moist, 4 to 7 dry
Chroma - 3 or 4 moist, 2 to 4 dry
Texture - ashy-SL, ashy-L
Clay content - 3 to 18 percent
Rock fragments - 15 to 50 percent gravel, 5 to 20 percent cobbles, 35 to 60 percent total
Some pedons have a C horizon
Cd horizons -
Hue - 7.5YR to 2.5Y
Value - 5 or 6 moist, 4 to 7 dry
Chroma - 2 or 3 moist and dry
Texture - SL, L, FSL
Clay content - 5 to 25 percent
Rock fragments - 15 to 50 percent gravel, 0 to 10 percent cobbles, 15 to 60 percent total
COMPETING SERIES: These are the Dehart, Macreeing, Mcguire, Olete, Stutler, and Tukey
series. Dehart, Mcguire, and Stutler soils are more than 40 inches deep. Macreeing and Olete l
soils have a lithic contact at 20 to 60 inches. Tukey soils average 20 to 30 percent clay in the
particle size control section.
GEOGRAPHIC SETTING: Clallam soils are on glaciated hills at elevations of 25 to 1,800
feet. Slopes are 0 to 30 percent. Clallam soils formed in glacial till over very compact dense
glacial till. The soils are in a mild marine climate and have cool, dry summers and cool, moist
winters. Average annual precipitation is 16 to 30 inches. Average January temperature is about
37 degrees F, average July temperature is about 59 degrees F, and the mean annual temperature
is about 48 degrees F. Frost-free season is 160 to 220 days.
GEOGRAPHICALLY ASSOCIATED SOILS: These are the Agnew, Bellingham, Catla,
Elwha, Hoypus, McKenna, Yeary, and Louella soils. Agnew soils have an argillic horizon and
are somewhat poorly drained. Bellingham soils have an aquic moisture regime and a fine
particle-size class. Catla soils are loamy and have a densic contact at 10 to 20 inches. Elwha soils
are coarse-loamy. Hoypus soils are sandy-skeletal. Louella soils are coarse-loamy and have a
mollic epipedon. McKenna soils have an aquic moisture regime. Yeary soils are fine-loamy.
DRAINAGE AND PERMEABILITY: Moderately well drained; moderately rapid permeability
above the very compact glacial till (A and Bw horizons) and very slow permeability in the very
compact glacial till (Cd horizons).
USE AND VEGETATION: Timber production and wildlife are the principal uses. Some areas
are used for cropland and pasture. Native vegetation is predominantly Douglas-fir with some
western hemlock, grand fir, western redcedar, red alder, and Pacific madrone. Understory species
include salal, evergreen huckleberry, red huckleberry, Oregongrape, creambush oceanspray,
longtube twinflower, rose, blackberry, western swordfern, and western brackenfern. Principal
crops are alfalfa and grass hay, barley, oats, strawberries, raspberries, and pasture.
DISTRIBUTION AND EXTENT: Northeastern Olympic Peninsula and Puget Sound Valleys,
Washington; MLRA 2. This series is moderately extensive.
MLRA OFFICE RESPONSIBLE: Portland, Oregon
SERIES ESTABLISHED: Western part of Puget Sound Basin, Washington, Reconnaissance
Soil Survey, 1910
REMARKS: Diagnostic horizons and other features
Ochric epipedon - from 2 to 3 inches
Cambic horizon - from 3 to 30 inches
Densic material - from 30 to 62 inches
Particle size control section - 10 to 30 inches (Bw horizons)
Additional data needed for base saturation and volcanic ash influence to distinguish Clallam
series and Whidbey series.
ADDITIONAL DATA: National Soil Survey Laboratory, Sample numbers--S77WA 9-2-2,
S77WA 9-2-3, S77WA 9-2-4, S77WA 9-2-5.
National Cooperative Soil Survey
U.S.A.
Discovery Rd
20th St
Eddy St
Howard St
10th St
14th St
Rainier St
Victoria Ave
15th St
Towne Point Ave
Katherine St
Quimper Pl
B
eacon P
l
CmC
514200
514200
514300
514300
514400
514400
514500
514500
514600
514600
514700
514700
514800
514800
5328300
5328300
5328400
5328400
5328500
5328500
5328600
5328600
5328700
5328700
5328800
5328800
5328900
5328900
5329000
5329000
0
300
600
900
150
Feet
0
80
160
240
40
Meters
48° 6' 53''
122° 48' 2''
48° 6' 24''
122° 48' 2''
48° 6' 25''
48° 6' 53''
122° 48' 34''
122° 48' 34''
Map Scale: 1:4,230 if printed on A size (8.5" x 11") sheet.
Soil Map—Jefferson County Area, Washington
(Markley and Gunstone-White Properties)
Natural Resources
Natural Resources
Natural Resources
Natural Resources
Conservation Service
Conservation Service
Conservation Service
Conservation Service
Web Soil Survey
National Cooperative Soil Survey
9/29/2009
Page 1 of 3Ȑ
MAP LEGEND
MAP INFORMATION
Area of Interest (AOI)
Area of Interest (AOI)
Soils
Soil Map Units
Special Point Features
Blowout
Borrow Pit
Clay Spot
Closed Depression
Gravel Pit
Gravelly Spot
Landfill
Lava Flow
Marsh or swamp
Mine or Quarry
Miscellaneous Water
Perennial Water
Rock Outcrop
Saline Spot
Sandy Spot
Severely Eroded Spot
Sinkhole
Slide or Slip
Sodic Spot
Spoil Area
Stony Spot
Very Stony Spot
Wet Spot
Other
Special Line Features
Gully
Short Steep Slope
Other
Political Features
Cities
Water Features
Oceans
Streams and Canals
Transportation
Rails
Interstate Highways
US Routes
Major Roads
Local Roads
Map Scale: 1:4,230 if printed on A size (8.5" × 11") sheet.
The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:20,000.
Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for accurate map
measurements.
Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service
Web Soil Survey URL: http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov
Coordinate System: UTM Zone 10N NAD83
This product is generated from the USDA-NRCS certified data as of
the version date(s) listed below.
Soil Survey Area: Jefferson County Area, Washington
Survey Area Data: Version 7, Sep 22, 2009
Date(s) aerial images were photographed: 7/21/2006
The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were
compiled and digitized probably differs from the background
imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting
of map unit boundaries may be evident.
Soil Map–Jefferson County Area, Washington
(Markley and Gunstone-White Properties)
Natural Resources
Conservation Service
Web Soil Survey
National Cooperative Soil Survey
9/29/2009
Page 2 of 3⥼
Map Unit Legend
Jefferson County Area, Washington (WA631)
Map Unit Symbol
Map Unit Name
Acres in AOI
Percent of AOI
CmC
Clallam gravelly sandy loam, 0 to 15
percent slopes
92.8
100.0%
Totals for Area of Interest
92.8
100.0%
Soil Map–Jefferson County Area, Washington
Markley and Gunstone-White Properties
Natural Resources
Conservation Service
Web Soil Survey
National Cooperative Soil Survey
9/29/2009
Page 3 of 3
APPENDIX C
Sampling Point Data Sheetsǰ
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No Yes X No
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
93 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
X
7
X
8
9
10
90 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes X No
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
1.7
90
140
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
3
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
302
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
FACU
OBL
yes
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
FACW
FAC
Absolute
%Cover
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
10
90
Carex obnupta
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
60
12
Column Totals:
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
183
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
20
70
3
Rosa nutkana
Rubus ursinus
Malus fusca
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Gunstone-White Wetland
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Theresa Turpin
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
8/26/09
GW-SP-1
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner: Washington
Section/Township/Range: S - 9; T 30 N; R01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
None
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Data plot satisfies all three mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as a PFO depressional wetland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
3
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100%
Remarks: Data plot satisfies hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
90
70
20
3
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region⭄
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
90 10 C PL
90 10 C PL moistened
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
X Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) X FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes X No
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-3
3-8
10YR 3/2
10YR 3/2
10YR 5/4
8-12
SOIL
Remarks: Data collected at end of August after dry period, sparsely vegetated concave surfaces also found within wetland area. Data plot satisfies
hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Soil dry, moistened for profile description. Data plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
duff/loam
silt loam
7.5YR 4/6
7.5YR 4/6 silt loam
GW-SP-1
Remarks
moistened
moistened
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes No X
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
5 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
100 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes No x
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
3.8
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
1
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
395
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
FAC
FAC
FACU
FACU
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
Absolute
%Cover
5
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
10
2
60
Anthoxanthum odoratum
20
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Rubus armeniacus
18
Rosa nutkana
Plantago lanceolata
yes
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
75
320
Column Totals:
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
no
105
no
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Gunstone-White Property
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Theresa Turpin
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
8/26/09
GW-SP-2
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner: Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Data plot satisfies one of the three mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as upland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
3
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Alnus rubra
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33%
Remarks: Upland plot consists of vegetation between hiking trail and wetland. Data plot does not satisfy hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
25
80
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region⯦
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes No X
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-11 10YR 4/2
SOIL
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
sandy loam
GW-SP-2
Remarks
dry
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes No X
Yes X No
Yes No X Yes No X
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
85 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
6
FAC Species x 3 =
7
FACU Species x 4 =
97 Total UPL Species x 5 =
(A) (B)
)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes No X
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
yes
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
3.3
140
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
1
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
634
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
FACU
FAC
FACU
FACU
FACU
no
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FACW
FACU
FACW
FACU
Absolute
%Cover
60
10
10
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
10
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
2
10
Polystichum munitum
Smilacina stellata
no
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
6
488
Column Totals:
no
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
194
no
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
Rubus armeniacus
Oemleria cerasiformis
10
50
10
Malus fusca
Gaultheria shallon
Rubus ursinus
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Gunstone-White Property
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Theresa Turpin
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
8/26/09
GW-SP-3
Port Townsend/jefferso
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner: Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Location identified as a small wetland in 2005, however, site currently lacks vegetation and hydrology. Data plot satisfies one of the three
mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as upland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
25
3
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Malus fusca
Pseudotsuga menziesii
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33%
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
70
2
122
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Sambuscus racemosa
5 no FACU
Ilex aquifolium
2 no FACU
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
95 5 C M
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-5
5-10+
10YR 3/1
10YR 4/2
SOIL
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Data plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
sandy loam
sandy loam
7.5YR 5/6
GW-SP-3
Remarks
dry
dry
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region⠧
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes No X
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
25 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
6
FAC Species x 3 =
7
FACU Species x 4 =
95 Total UPL Species x 5 =
(A) (B)
)
1
2
3
4
5
X
6
7
8
90 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes No X
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33%
Remarks: Although the prevalence index is 2.9, the sample plot lacks hydric soils and wetland hydrology indicators. Data plot does not satisfy hydrophytic
vegetation criterion.
70
25
115
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
6
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Alnus rubra
Remarks: Location identified as a small wetland in 2005, however, site currently lacks soils, vegetation and hydrology. Data plot satisfies none of the three
mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as upland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
10/28/09
GW-SP-4
Port Townsend/jefferso
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner:
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Gunstone-White Property
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Jennifer Wynkoop
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
Rubus ursinus
Symphoricarpos albus
30
30
20
Sanbucus racemosa
Gaultheria shallon
Rubus armeniacus
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
yes
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
210
yes
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
75
460
Column Totals:
no
70
Carex obnupta
Pteridum aquilinum
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
20
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
10
Absolute
%Cover
25
10
5
yes
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
FACU
FACU
FACU
FACU
FACU
OBL
FACU
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
605
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
2.9
70
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
2
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
80 20 C M
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes No X
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Yes No X
GW-SP-4
Remarks
Redox Features
Texture
sandy loam
sandy loam
10 YR 4/3
SOIL
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
0-11
11-14+
10YR 3/1
10YR 4/2
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Histosol (A1)
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region⥷
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No Yes X No
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
95 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
10 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
X
7
X
8
9
10
72 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes X No
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
no
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
2.3
70
10
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
5
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
403
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
FACU
OBL
OBL
yes
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
FAC
FACW
FACU
Absolute
%Cover
80
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
20
50
Oenanthe sarmentosa
20
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Carex obnupta
2
Rubus ursinus
yes
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
255
68
Column Totals:
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
no
177
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
5
5
Spiraea douglasii
Rosa nutkana
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Wetland 1
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Theresa Turpin
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
8/25/09
M-SP-1
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner:
Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Data plot satisfies all three mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as a PFO depressional wetland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
15
5
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Alnus rubra
Sambucus racemosa
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100%
Remarks: Data plot satisfies hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
70
5
85
17
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Regionr
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
75 25 RM M
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
X Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
X Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) X FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes X No
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-5
5-16
10YR 2/1
2.5Y 5/2
SOIL
Remarks: Data collected at end of August after dry period, ponding has been documented on site in November, algae crusts have been found within this
wetland. Data plot satisfies hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Soils very dense at 5 inches below ground surface. Data plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
duff/loam
sandy loam
10YR 5/6
M-SP-1
Remarks
damp
damp
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No Yes X No
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
20 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
X
7
X
8
9
10
100 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes X No
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
1.4
98
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
2
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
166
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
OBL
FACU
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
Absolute
%Cover
20
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
0
98
Oenanthe sarmentosa
2
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Rubus ursinus
no
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
60
8
Column Totals:
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
120
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Wetland 1
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Theresa Turpin
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
8/25/09
M-SP-2
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner:
Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Data plot satisfies all three mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as a PFO depressional wetland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
2
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Alnus rubra
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100%
Remarks: Data plot satisfies hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
98
20
2
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region২
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
90 10 RM M
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
X Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
X Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) X FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes X No
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-4
4-11
10YR 2/1
2.5Y 5/2
SOIL
Remarks: Data collected at end of August after dry period, ponding has been documented on site in November, algae crusts have been found within this
wetland. Data plot satisfies hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Soils very dense at 4 inches below ground surface. Data plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
duff/loam
sandy loam
5YR 4/6
M-SP-2
Remarks
damp
damp
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes No X
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
10 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
100 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes No X
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
4.0
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
0
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
500
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
FACU
FACU
FACU
no
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FACU
FACU
FACU
Absolute
%Cover
10
5
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
0
15
Pteridium aquilinum
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
500
Column Totals:
no
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
125
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
Rubus ursinus
15
70
10
Symphoricarpos albus
Oemleria cerasiformis
Gaultheria shallon
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Property
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Theresa Turpin
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
8/25/09
M-SP-3
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner:
Washington
Section/Township/Range: S9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Data plot satisfies none of the three mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as upland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
3
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Ilex aquifolium
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0%
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
125
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region⥺
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
100
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes No X
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-3
3-10
duff
10YR 3/2
SOIL
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
duff
loam
M-SP-3
Remarks
dry
dry
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No Yes X No
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
80 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
40 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
X
7
X
8
9
10
80 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes X No
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
no
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
2.2
80
10
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
3
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
435
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
OBL
OBL
no
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
FAC
FACW
FAC
Absolute
%Cover
70
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
0
70
Carex obnupta
10
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Oenanthe sarmentosa
no
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
345
Column Totals:
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
200
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
5
35
Spiraea douglasii
Rosa nutkana
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Wetland 2
Soil Map Unit Name:
Perry Welch, Jessica Stone
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
9/11/09
M-SP-4
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner:
Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies all three mandatory wetland criterion. The sample plot is classified as a PFO depressional wetland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
10
3
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Salix scouleriana
Alnus rubra
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100%
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
80
5
115
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Regionက
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
100
95 5 RM PL
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
X Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
X Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) X FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes X No
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-3
3-6
duff
10YR 2/1
10YR 2/1
6-12
SOIL
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Soils very dense at 11 inches below ground surface. Sample plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
loam
7.5YR 3/3 silt loam
M-SP-4
Remarks
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region⡿
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes No X
Yes X No
Yes No X Yes No X
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
35 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
100 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes No X
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0%
Remarks: Sample plot does not satisfy hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
19
101
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
4
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Arbutus menziesii
Pseudotsuga menziesii
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies one of the three mandatory wetland criterion. The sample plot is classified as upland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
15
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R01 W
concave Slope%
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
9/11/09
M-SP-5
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner:
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Property
Soil Map Unit Name:
Perry Welch, Jessica Stone
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
Rubus ursinus
15
80
4
Rosa nutkana
Salix scouleriana
Gaultheria Shallon
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
no
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
120
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
57
404
Column Totals:
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
5
Pteridium aquilinum
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
0
Absolute
%Cover
20
1
no
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes NI
FACU
FAC
FACU
FAC
FACU
FACU
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
461
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
3.8
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
0
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
yes
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
100
97 3 RM M
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Yes No X
M-SP-5
Remarks
sandy loam
Redox Features
Texture
silt loam
10YR 3/4
SOIL
Remarks: Sample plot does not satisfy hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Sample plot is located in a depressional area at a lower elevation then the surrounding upland area. Sample plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
0-3
3-6
duff
10YR 2/2
2.5YR 4/2
6-12
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Histosol (A1)
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No Yes X No
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
80 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
80 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
X
7
8
9
10
20 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes X No
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
3.1
20
10
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
2
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
555
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
FACW
OBL
no
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
FACU
FAC
Absolute
%Cover
80
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
0
20
Carex obnupta
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
285
240
Column Totals:
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
180
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
15
60
5
Rosa nutkana
Spiraea douglasii
Rubus ursinus
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Wetland 3
Soil Map Unit Name:
Perry Welch, Jessica Stone
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
9/11/09
M-SP-6
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner: Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies all three mandatory wetland criterion. The sample plot is classified as a PFO depressional wetland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
3
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Alnus rubra
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 67%
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
20
5
95
60
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region⯯
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
95 5 RM PL
80 20 RM M
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
X Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
X Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes X No
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-3
3-8
duff
10YR 2/2
2.5Y 5/3
8+
SOIL
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Soils very dense at 8 inches below ground surface. Sample plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
silt loam
7.5YR 3/4
7.5YR 5/6 sandy loam
M-SP-6
Remarks
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes No X
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
25 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
95 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
20 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes No X
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
3.5
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
2
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
485
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
FACU
FACU
FACU
yes
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
FAC
FACU
Absolute
%Cover
25
10
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
0
20
Pteridium aquilinum
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
225
260
Column Totals:
no
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
140
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
Rosa gymnocarpa
20
50
15
Rubus ursinus
Gaultheria shallon
Rosa nutkana
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Property
Soil Map Unit Name:
Perry Welch, Jessica Stone
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
10/28/09
M-SP-7
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner: Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Remarks: Sample plot satisfies all three mandatory wetland criterion. The sample plot is classified as a PFO depressional wetland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
4
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Salix scouleriana
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50%
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
75
65
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
% % Type ¹ Loc²
100
93 7 C M
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes No X
Yes No X
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Histosol (A1)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
0-10
10-15
10YR 3/2
10YR 5/3
SOIL
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Data plot does not satisfy hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Redox Features
Texture
sandy loam
sandy loam
7.5YR 4/4
M-SP-7
Remarks
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Lat: Long
Yes X No
Soil
Soil
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No
Yes X No Yes X No
Number of Dominant Species
)
1
2
Total Number of Dominant
3
Species Across All Strata:
4
5 Total Percent of Dominant Species
)
1
2
3
4
OBL Species x 1 =
5
FACW Species x 2 =
38 Total FAC Species x 3 =
FACU Species x 4 =
)
UPL Species x 5 =
1
(A) (B)
2
3
4
5
6
X
7
X
8
9
10
90 Total
)
1
2
Total
Yes X No
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 80%
Remarks: Data plot satisfies hydrophytic vegetation criterion.
90
10
15
18
¹Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
5
That are OBL, FACW, or FAC:
Salix scouleriana
Remarks: Data plot satisfies all three mandatory wetland criterion. The data plot is classified as a PFO-PSS wetland.
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
Dominant
(Plot Size
Are vegetation
or Hydrology
or Hydrology
4.5 m
Sapling/Shrub Stratum
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Are vegetation
Are circumstances "Normal"?
(Explain in remarks if needed)
(Explain in Remarks)
Local Relief (concave, convex, none):
Northwest Forests and Coast (LRR A)
Are climatic/hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year?
NWI Classification:
Datum:
Washington
Section/Township/Range: S 9; T 30 N; R 01 W
concave Slope%
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
10/28/09
M-SP-8
Port Townsend/Jeffers
State:
Sampling Date:
Sampling Point:
Investigator(s):
Landform:
Applicant/Owner:
City/County:
Project/Site:
Hydric Soil Present?
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Markley Wetland 4
Soil Map Unit Name:
Jessica Stone, Jennifer Wynkoop
Subregion(LRR):
City of Port Townsend
Clallam gravelly sandy loam
Pseudotsuga menziesii
10
15
10
Rosa nutkana
Spiraea douglasii
Rubus ursinus
Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation¹ (Explain)
Dominance Test is >50%
Prevalence Index is <3.0¹
Morphological Adaptations¹
(Provide supporting data in Remarks)
yes
no
Wetland Non-Vascular Plants¹
yes
133
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
45
72
Column Totals:
3 m
Herb Stratum
(Plot Size
90
Carex obnupta
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Woody Vine Stratum
(Plot Size
0
Absolute
%Cover
5
3
yes
yes
Species?
Indicator
Status
yes FAC
FACU
FAC
FACW
FACU
OBL
depression
significantly disturbed?
naturally problematic?
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS- Attach site map with sampling point locations, transects, and important figures
227
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present?
Prevalence Index= B/A
Dominance Test Worksheet:
0
1.7
90
20
Prevalence Index Worksheet:
Is the sampled area within a wetland?
4
Tree Stratum
6 m (Plot Size
Landau Associates, Inc. Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
% % Type ¹ Loc²
98 2 CS M,P
75 25 CS M
X
Hydric Soil Present?
Yes X No
Water-Stained Leaves (B9) Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
(except MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A and 4B)
Salt Crust (B11) Drainage Patterns (B10)
Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) Dry-Season Water Table (C2)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) Saturation Visible on Aerial
X Oxidized Rhizospheres along Imagery (C9)
Living Roots (C3) Geomorphic Position (D2)
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) Shallow Aquitard (D3)
Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test (D5)
Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A)
Other (Explain in Remarks) Frost-Heave Hummocks (D7)
Yes No X
Yes No X Yes X No
Yes No X
M-SP-8
Remarks
Redox Features
Texture
sandy loam
sandy loam
7.5YR 4/6
7.5 YR 3/4
SOIL
Remarks: Data plot satisfies hydrology criterion.
Remarks: Data plot satisfies hydric soils criterion.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRR's, unless otherwise noted.)
Sampling Point:
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
0-9
9-13+
10YR 3/1
2.5Y 5/3
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils³:
Color (moist)
Depth
(Inches)
Matrix
Color (moist)
Depth (inches)
Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA1)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
¹ Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ² Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix
Redox Dark Surface (F6)
Histosol (A1)
Thick Dark Surface (A12)
Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3)
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
Redox Depressions (F8)
2 cm Muck (A10)
Red Parent Material (TF2)
Other (Explain in Remarks)
³ Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation
and wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
HYDROLOGY
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply)
Type:
Depth:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Iron Deposits (B5)
Surface Water (A1)
High Water Table (A2)
Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Field Observations:
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
Inundation Visible on
Aerial Imagery (B7)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Mat or Crust (B4)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Surface Water Present?
Water Table Present?
Saturation Present?
(Includes Capillary Fringe)
Depth (inches)
Depth (inches)
Landau Associates, Inc Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Regionચ
APPENDIX D
Selected Site Photographs
Figure
D-1
Selected Site Photographs
1/7/10 Y:\974\002\R\Appendix D_Site Photos\Photos_D-1.doc
Wetland Delineation
Port Townsend, Washington
1. Markley Wetland 1 forested wetland area with sedges.
2. Markley Wetland 1 scrub-shrub wetland area.
Figure
D-2
Selected Site Photographs
1/7/10 Y:\974\002\R\Appendix D_Site Photos\Photos_D-2.doc
Wetland Delineation
Port Townsend, Washington
3. Depression within Markley Wetland 1.
4. Upland area within Markley Property.
5. Looking north at the trail through Markley Wetland 2.
Figure
D-3
Selected Site Photographs
1/7/10 Y:\974\002\R\Appendix D_Site Photos\Photos_D-3.doc
Wetland Delineation
Port Townsend, Washington
6. Markley Wetland 4.
Figure
D-4
Selected Site Photographs
1/7/10 Y:\974\002\R\Appendix D_Site Photos\Photos_D-4.doc
Wetland Delineation
Port Townsend, Washington
7. Gunstone-White snags and wetland.
8. Trail and upland area adjacent to Gunstone-White Wetland.
Figure
D-5
Selected Site Photographs
9. Investigated Area 1 on Gunstone-White property.
2/23/10 Document2
10. Investigated Area 2 on Gunstone-White property.
Wetland Delineation
Port Townsend,
Washington
Figure
D-6
Selected Site Photographs
2/23/10 Document2
11. Hydric soils in Markley Wetland 1.
12. Upland area and soils near Gunstone-White Wetland.
Wetland Delineations
Port Townsend, Washington
APPENDIX E
Wetland Rating Forms
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 1 of 9
WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON
Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users
Name of wetland (if known): Gunstone and White Wetland (plus Roberts wetland area) Date of site visit: 8/26/09
Rated by: Jessica Stone
Trained by Ecology? Yes X No
Date of training: 6/18/08
SEC: 9
TWNSHP: 30N RNGE: 01W Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes_____ No X
Map of wetland unit: Estimated size: Total area including past delineation: 50,468.14 sf (1.16 acre)
SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland: I
II
III X IV
Category I = Score > 70 Score for Water Quality Functions
20
Category II = Score 51 - 69 Score for Hydrologic Functions
7
Category III = Score 30 – 50 Score for Habitat Functions
22
Category IV = Score < 30 TOTAL Score for Functions
49
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTCS of Wetland I
II
Does not apply
Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above”)
III
Summary of basic information about the wetland unit.
Wetland Unit has Special
Characteristics
Wetland HGM Class
used for Rating
Estuarine Depressional X
Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine
Bog Lake-fringe
Mature Forest Slope
Old Growth Forest Flats
Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal
Interdunal
None of the above
Check if unit has multiple
HGM classes present
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will
need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
Check List for Wetlands that Need Additional Protection
(in addition to the protection recommended for its category)
YES
NO
SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or
Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)?
For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate
state or federal database.
X
SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or
Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the
wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species
are categorized as Category 1 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form).
X
SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X
SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the
wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or
in a local management plan as having special significance.
X
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 2 of 9
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with
multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8.
1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
NO – go to 2
YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)?
YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is a Saltwater Tidal Fringe it
is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were call estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and
this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please
note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. _____ ).
2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water
runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit.
NO – go to 3
YES – The wetland class is Flats
If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands.
3. Does the entire wetland meet both of the following criteria?
______ The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8ha) in size;
______ At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 (2 m)?
NO – go to 4
YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual).
______ The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may
flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.
______ The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and
shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep).
NO – go to 5 YES – The wetland class is Slope
5. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The unit is in a valley or stream channel where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or
river.
______ The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years.
NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding..
NO – go to 6
YES – The wetland class is Riverine
6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time of
the year. This means that any outlet, if present is higher than the interior of the wetland.
NO – go to 7
YES – The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the entire wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not
pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The
wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
No – go to 8 YES – The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a
slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO
BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT
AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the
rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in
the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less
than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area.
HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated
HGM Class to Use in Rating
Slope + Riverine Riverine
Slope + Depressional Depressional
Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional
Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of
freshwater wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes
within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating.
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 3 of 9
D Depressional and Flat Wetlands
Points
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality.
(only 1 score
per box)
D 1 Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
(see p.38)
D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland:
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 3
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted, permanently flowing outlet ........ points = 2
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 1
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Provide photo or drawing
1
D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions)
YES points = 4
NO points = 0
0
D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class):
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 95% of area............................................... points = 5
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/2 of area................................................. points = 3
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area............................................... points = 1
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation < 1/10 of area .................................................. points = 0
Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
5
D 1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area of the wetland that is ponded for at
least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently
ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 years.
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/2 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 4
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 2
Area seasonally ponded is < 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 0
Map of Hydroperiods
4
Total for D 1
Add the points in the boxes above 10
D 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p. 44)
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
X Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
Multiplier
2
TOTAL – Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2; then add score to table on p. 1 20
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland unit functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation.
D 3 Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p.46)
D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 4
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ......... points = 2
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key) or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”)
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 0
4
D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For
units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry).
Marks of ponding are 3 ft. or more above the surface or bottom of the outlet ....................... points = 7
The wetland is a “headwater” wetland.................................................................................. points = 5
Marks of ponding between 2 ft. to < 3 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5
Marks are at least 0.5 ft. to < 2 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet...................................... points = 3
Wetland is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key)but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1
Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0
0
D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream
basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself.
The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit ................................................... points = 5
The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................. points = 3
The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit .......................................... points = 0
Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5
3
Total for D 3
Add the points in the boxes above 7
D 4 Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 49)
Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity,
it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive
flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide
gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from
Multiplier
1
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 4 of 9
groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following
indicators of opportunity apply.
Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems.
____ Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or
stream that has flooding problems
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
TOTAL – Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D3 by D4; then add score to table on p. 1 7
Comments Є
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 5 of 9
These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes.
Points
HABITAT FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat.
(only 1 score
per box)
H 1 Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see P. 72):
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) – Size threshold for each class is
1/4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres.
Aquatic Bed
X Emergent plants
X Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover)
X Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover)
If the unit has a forested class check if:
X The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-
cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon.
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
4 structures or more ....... points = 4 3 structures ................... points = 2
2 structures.................... points = 1 1 structure .................... points = 0
4
H 1.2 Hydroperiods (see p.73):
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to
cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1/4 acre to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods).
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3
X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 or more types present......points = 2
Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present...................points = 1
X Saturated only 1 type present ....................points = 0
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake-fringe wetland................. = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland ......... = 2 points Map of hydroperiods
1
H 1.3 Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75):
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft
2
(different patches of the same
species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple
loosestrife, Canadian Thistle.
If you counted: > 19 species ...................... points = 2
5 – 19 species.................... points = 1
List species below if you want to: < 5 species ........................ points = 0
1
H 1.4 Interspersion of Habitats (see p. 76):
Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation (described in H1.1), or
the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none.
Note: If you have 4 or more classes
or 3 vegetation classes and
open water, the rating is
always “high”.
Use map of Cowardin classes.
3
H 1.5 Special Habitat Features (see p. 77):
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points
you put into the next column.
X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in. diameter and 6 ft. long)
X Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft. (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least
3.3 ft. (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft. (10m)
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning
(> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have
not yet turned grey/brown)
X At least 1/4 acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that
are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg-laying by amphibians)
X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants
NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error.
4
H 1 TOTAL Score – potential for providing habitat
Add the points in the column above 13
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 6 of 9
H 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species?
(only 1 score
per box)
H 2.1 Buffers (see P. 80):
Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring
criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed”.
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer
(relatively undisturbed also means no grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use)..............points = 5
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 3
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
for > 50% circumference ...............................................................................................points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above:
X No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25m (80 ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK ...................................points = 2
No paved areas of buildings within 50m of wetland for > 50% circumference.
Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK....................................................................points = 2
Heavy grazing in buffer .................................................................................................points = 1
Vegetated buffers are < 2m wide (6.6 ft) for more than 95% circumference
(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland) ..............................points = 0
Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above ...............................................................points = 1
Arial photo showing buffers
2
H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81)
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 150 ft. wide, has at least a 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native
undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at
least 250 acres in size? (Dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads,
are considered breaks in the corridor).
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.2
H. 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 50 ft. wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to
estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-
fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.3
H. 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
Within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
Within 3 miles of a large field or pasture (> 40 acres) OR
YES = 1 point
Within 1 mile of a lake greater than 20 acres?
NO = 0 points
1
Comments:
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 7 of 9
H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82):
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft. (100m) of the wetland? NOTE: the connections do
not have to be relatively undisturbed. These are DFW definitions. Check with your local DFW biologist if
there are any questions.
Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both
aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres)
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
Old-growth forests: (Old growth west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings, with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81cm
(32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.
X Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be
less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is
generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 – 200 years old west of the Cascade Crest.
Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants) where greases
and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 – 2.0m (0.5 – 6.5 ft),
composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May
be associated with cliffs.
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages.
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy
coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.
Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the open space and
uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space functions as a corridor connecting
other priority habitats, especially those that would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an
isolated remnant of natural habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban
development.
Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually semi-enclosed
by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in which ocean
water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater runoff from the land. The salinity may be
periodically increased above that of the open ocean by evaporation. Along some low-energy
coastlines there is appreciable dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward
to where ocean-derived salts measure less than 0.5 ppt. during the period of average annual low flow.
Includes both estuaries and lagoons.
Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones of beaches, and
may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs,
snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and
that contribute to shoreline function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion
control).
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats..= 4 points If wetland has 1 priority habit .. = 1 point
If wetland has 2 priority habitats...............= 3 points No habitats............................... = 0 points
Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list.
(Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4).
1
H 2.4 Wetland Landscape: Choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits (see p. 84)
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them are
relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating,
but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development..........points = 5
The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe
wetlands within 1/2 mile .....................................................................................................points = 5
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between them are
disturbed. ............................................................................................................................points = 3
The wetland fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands
within 1/2 mile ....................................................................................................................points = 3
There is at least 1 wetland within 1/2 mile ...........................................................................points = 2
There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile..................................................................................points = 0
5
H 2 TOTAL Score – opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 9
TOTAL for H 1 from page 8 13
Total Score for Habitat Functions Add the points for H 1 and H 2; then record the result on p. 1 22
Comments:
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 8 of 9
CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below
and circle the appropriate answers and Category.
Wetland Type – Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate
criteria are met.
SC1
Estuarine wetlands? (see p.86)
Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands?
The dominant water regime is tidal,
Vegetated, and
With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt.
YES = Go to SC 1.1
NO X
SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural
Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC
332-30-151? YES = Category I
NO = go to SC 1.2
Cat. 1
SC 1.2 Is the wetland at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following conditions?
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
___ The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has
less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp,. are only species
that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II).
The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh
with native species would be a Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in
determining the size threshold of 1 acre.
___ At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland
___ The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water,
or contiguous freshwater wetlands.
Cat. I
Cat. II
Dual
Rating
I/II
SC2
Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87)
Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as
either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or
Sensitive plant species.
SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a natural heritage wetland? (This
question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR.)
S/T/R information from Appendix D
or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site
YES Contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2
NO X
SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as a site with state threatened
or endangered plant species?
YES = Category 1
NO X not a Heritage Wetland
Cat I
SC3
Bogs (see p. 87)
Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use
the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the
wetland based on its function.
1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that
compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to
identify organic soils)?
YES = go to question 3
NO = go to question 2
2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over
bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or
pond?
YES = go to question 3
NO = is not a bog for purpose of rating
3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present,
consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more
than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)?
YES = Is a bog for purpose of rating
NO = go to question 4
NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that
criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is
less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog.
4. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western
hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine. WITH any of
the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant
component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)?
YES = Category I
NO = X Is not a bog for purpose of rating
Cat. I
Gunstone-White Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 9 of 9
SC4
Forested Wetlands (see p. 90)
Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish
and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland
based on its function.
Old-growth forests: (west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least two three species forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare)
that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm or
more).
NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two-hundred year old trees
in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW
criterion is and “OR” so old-growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter.
Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 – 200 years old
OR have an average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53 cm); crown cover may be less than
100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old-growth.
YES = Category I
NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics
Cat. I
SC5
Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91)
Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon?
The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated
from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks.
The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5
ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the
bottom.)
YES = Go to SC 5.1
NO X not a wetland in a coastal lagoon
SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions?
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing) and has
less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74).
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland.
The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square ft.)
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
Cat. I
Cat. II
SC6
Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93)
Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or
WBUO)?
YES = Go to SC 6.1
NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating
If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions.
In practical terms that means the following geographic areas:
Long Beach Peninsula -- lands west of SR 103
Grayland-Westport -- lands west of SR 105
Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109
SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is one acre or larger?
YES = Category II
NO = go to SC 6.2
SC 6.2 Is the wetland between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre?
YES = Category III
Cat. II
Cat. III
Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics
Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categories, and record on p. 1.
If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p. 1
Comments:
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 1 of 9
WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON
Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users
Name of wetland (if known): Markley Wetland 1
Date of site visit: 8/25/09
Rated by: Jessica Stone
Trained by Ecology? Yes X No
Date of training: 6/18/08
SEC: 9
TWNSHP: 30N RNGE: 01W Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes_____ No X
Map of wetland unit:
Estimated size: 47,369.65 sf (1.08 acres)
SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland: I
II X
III
IV
Category I = Score > 70 Score for Water Quality Functions
24
Category II = Score 51 - 69 Score for Hydrologic Functions
7
Category III = Score 30 – 50 Score for Habitat Functions
23
Category IV = Score < 30 TOTAL Score for Functions
54
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTCS of Wetland I
II
Does not apply X
Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above”)
II
Summary of basic information about the wetland unit.
Wetland Unit has Special
Characteristics
Wetland HGM Class
used for Rating
Estuarine Depressional X
Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine
Bog Lake-fringe
Mature Forest Slope
Old Growth Forest Flats
Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal
Interdunal
None of the above
Check if unit has multiple
HGM classes present
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will
need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
Check List for Wetlands that Need Additional Protection
(in addition to the protection recommended for its category)
YES
NO
SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or
Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)?
For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate
state or federal database.
X
SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or
Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the
wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species
are categorized as Category 1 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form).
X
SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X
SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the
wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or
in a local management plan as having special significance.
X ⥷
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 2 of 9
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with
multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8.
1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
NO – go to 2
YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)?
YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is a Saltwater Tidal Fringe it
is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were call estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and
this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please
note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. _____ ).
2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water
runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit.
NO – go to 3
YES – The wetland class is Flats
If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands.
3. Does the entire wetland meet both of the following criteria?
______ The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8ha) in size;
______ At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 (2 m)?
NO – go to 4
YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual).
______ The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may
flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.
______ The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and
shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep).
NO – go to 5 YES – The wetland class is Slope
5. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The unit is in a valley or stream channel where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or
river.
______ The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years.
NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding..
NO – go to 6
YES – The wetland class is Riverine
6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time of
the year. This means that any outlet, if present is higher than the interior of the wetland.
NO – go to 7
YES – The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the entire wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not
pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The
wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
No – go to 8 YES – The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a
slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO
BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT
AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the
rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in
the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less
than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area.
HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated
HGM Class to Use in Rating
Slope + Riverine Riverine
Slope + Depressional Depressional
Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional
Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of
freshwater wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes
within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating.
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 3 of 9
D Depressional and Flat Wetlands
Points
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality.
(only 1 score
per box)
D 1 Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
(see p.38)
D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland:
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 3
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted, permanently flowing outlet ........ points = 2
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 1
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Provide photo or drawing
3
D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions)
YES points = 4
NO points = 0
0
D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class):
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 95% of area............................................... points = 5
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/2 of area................................................. points = 3
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area............................................... points = 1
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation < 1/10 of area .................................................. points = 0
Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
5
D 1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area of the wetland that is ponded for at
least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently
ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 years.
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/2 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 4
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 2
Area seasonally ponded is < 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 0
Map of Hydroperiods
4
Total for D 1
Add the points in the boxes above 12
D 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p. 44)
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
X Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
___ Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
Multiplier
2
TOTAL – Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2; then add score to table on p. 1 24
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland unit functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation.
D 3 Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p.46)
D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 4
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ......... points = 2
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key) or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”)
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 0
4
D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For
units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry).
Marks of ponding are 3 ft. or more above the surface or bottom of the outlet ....................... points = 7
The wetland is a “headwater” wetland.................................................................................. points = 5
Marks of ponding between 2 ft. to < 3 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5
Marks are at least 0.5 ft. to < 2 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet...................................... points = 3
Wetland is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key)but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1
Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0
0
D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream
basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself.
The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit ................................................... points = 5
The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................. points = 3
The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit .......................................... points = 0
Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5
3
Total for D 3
Add the points in the boxes above 7
D 4 Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 49)
Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity,
it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive
flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide
gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from
Multiplier
1
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 4 of 9
groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following
indicators of opportunity apply.
Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems.
____ Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or
stream that has flooding problems
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
TOTAL – Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D3 by D4; then add score to table on p. 1 7
Comments
The wetland is adjacent to a gravel road used by motor vehicles, therefore the wetland does have the
opportunity to improve water quality since untreated stormwater from the road can enter into the wetland when
it is raining.܇
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 5 of 9
These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes.
Points
HABITAT FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat.
(only 1 score
per box)
H 1 Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see P. 72):
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) – Size threshold for each class is
1/4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres.
Aquatic Bed
X Emergent plants
X Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover)
X Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover)
If the unit has a forested class check if:
X The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-
cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon.
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
4 structures or more ....... points = 4 3 structures ................... points = 2
2 structures.................... points = 1 1 structure .................... points = 0
4
H 1.2 Hydroperiods (see p.73):
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to
cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1/4 acre to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods).
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3
X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 or more types present......points = 2
Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present...................points = 1
X Saturated only 1 type present ....................points = 0
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake-fringe wetland................. = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland ......... = 2 points Map of hydroperiods
1
H 1.3 Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75):
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft
2
(different patches of the same
species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple
loosestrife, Canadian Thistle.
If you counted: > 19 species ...................... points = 2
5 – 19 species.................... points = 1
List species below if you want to: < 5 species ........................ points = 0
2
H 1.4 Interspersion of Habitats (see p. 76):
Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation (described in H1.1), or
the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none.
Note: If you have 4 or more classes
or 3 vegetation classes and
open water, the rating is
always “high”.
Use map of Cowardin classes.
3
H 1.5 Special Habitat Features (see p. 77):
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points
you put into the next column.
X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in. diameter and 6 ft. long)
X Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft. (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least
3.3 ft. (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft. (10m)
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning
(> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have
not yet turned grey/brown)
X At least 1/4 acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that
are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg-laying by amphibians)
X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants
NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error.
4
H 1 TOTAL Score – potential for providing habitat
Add the points in the column above 14
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 6 of 9
H 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species?
(only 1 score
per box)
H 2.1 Buffers (see P. 80):
Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring
criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed”.
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer
(relatively undisturbed also means no grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use)..............points = 5
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 3
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
for > 50% circumference ...............................................................................................points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above:
X No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25m (80 ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK ...................................points = 2
No paved areas of buildings within 50m of wetland for > 50% circumference.
Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK....................................................................points = 2
Heavy grazing in buffer .................................................................................................points = 1
Vegetated buffers are < 2m wide (6.6 ft) for more than 95% circumference
(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland) ..............................points = 0
Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above ...............................................................points = 1
Arial photo showing buffers
2
H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81)
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 150 ft. wide, has at least a 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native
undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at
least 250 acres in size? (Dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads,
are considered breaks in the corridor).
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.2
H. 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 50 ft. wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to
estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-
fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.3
H. 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
Within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
Within 3 miles of a large field or pasture (> 40 acres) OR
YES = 1 point
Within 1 mile of a lake greater than 20 acres?
NO = 0 points
1
Comments:
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 7 of 9
H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82):
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft. (100m) of the wetland? NOTE: the connections do
not have to be relatively undisturbed. These are DFW definitions. Check with your local DFW biologist if
there are any questions.
Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both
aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres)
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
Old-growth forests: (Old growth west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings, with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81cm
(32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.
X Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be
less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is
generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 – 200 years old west of the Cascade Crest.
Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants) where greases
and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 – 2.0m (0.5 – 6.5 ft),
composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May
be associated with cliffs.
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages.
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy
coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.
Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the open space and
uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space functions as a corridor connecting
other priority habitats, especially those that would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an
isolated remnant of natural habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban
development.
Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually semi-enclosed
by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in which ocean
water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater runoff from the land. The salinity may be
periodically increased above that of the open ocean by evaporation. Along some low-energy
coastlines there is appreciable dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward
to where ocean-derived salts measure less than 0.5 ppt. during the period of average annual low flow.
Includes both estuaries and lagoons.
Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones of beaches, and
may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs,
snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and
that contribute to shoreline function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion
control).
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats..= 4 points If wetland has 1 priority habit .. = 1 point
If wetland has 2 priority habitats...............= 3 points No habitats............................... = 0 points
Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list.
(Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4).
1
H 2.4 Wetland Landscape: Choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits (see p. 84)
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them are
relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating,
but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development..........points = 5
The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe
wetlands within 1/2 mile .....................................................................................................points = 5
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between them are
disturbed. ............................................................................................................................points = 3
The wetland fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands
within 1/2 mile ....................................................................................................................points = 3
There is at least 1 wetland within 1/2 mile ...........................................................................points = 2
There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile..................................................................................points = 0
5
H 2 TOTAL Score – opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 9
TOTAL for H 1 from page 8 14
Total Score for Habitat Functions Add the points for H 1 and H 2; then record the result on p. 1 23
Comments:
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 8 of 9
CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below
and circle the appropriate answers and Category.
Wetland Type – Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate
criteria are met.
SC1
Estuarine wetlands? (see p.86)
Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands?
The dominant water regime is tidal,
Vegetated, and
With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt.
YES = Go to SC 1.1
NO X
SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural
Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC
332-30-151? YES = Category I
NO = go to SC 1.2
Cat. 1
SC 1.2 Is the wetland at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following conditions?
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
___ The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has
less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp,. are only species
that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II).
The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh
with native species would be a Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in
determining the size threshold of 1 acre.
___ At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland
___ The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water,
or contiguous freshwater wetlands.
Cat. I
Cat. II
Dual
Rating
I/II
SC2
Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87)
Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as
either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or
Sensitive plant species.
SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a natural heritage wetland? (This
question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR.)
S/T/R information from Appendix D
or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site
YES Contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2
NO X
SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as a site with state threatened
or endangered plant species?
YES = Category 1
NO X not a Heritage Wetland
Cat I
SC3
Bogs (see p. 87)
Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use
the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the
wetland based on its function.
1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that
compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to
identify organic soils)?
YES = go to question 3
NO = go to question 2
2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over
bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or
pond?
YES = go to question 3
NO = is not a bog for purpose of rating
3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present,
consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more
than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)?
YES = Is a bog for purpose of rating
NO = go to question 4
NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that
criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is
less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog.
4. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western
hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine. WITH any of
the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant
component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)?
YES = Category I
NO = X Is not a bog for purpose of rating
Cat. I ༃
Markley Wetland 1
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 9 of 9
SC4
Forested Wetlands (see p. 90)
Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish
and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland
based on its function.
Old-growth forests: (west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least two three species forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare)
that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm or
more).
NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two-hundred year old trees
in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW
criterion is and “OR” so old-growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter.
Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 – 200 years old
OR have an average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53 cm); crown cover may be less than
100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old-growth.
YES = Category I
NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics
Cat. I
SC5
Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91)
Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon?
The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated
from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks.
The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5
ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the
bottom.)
YES = Go to SC 5.1
NO X not a wetland in a coastal lagoon
SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions?
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing) and has
less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74).
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland.
The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square ft.)
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
Cat. I
Cat. II
SC6
Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93)
Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or
WBUO)?
YES = Go to SC 6.1
NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating
If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions.
In practical terms that means the following geographic areas:
Long Beach Peninsula -- lands west of SR 103
Grayland-Westport -- lands west of SR 105
Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109
SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is one acre or larger?
YES = Category II
NO = go to SC 6.2
SC 6.2 Is the wetland between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre?
YES = Category III
Cat. II
Cat. III
Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics
Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categories, and record on p. 1.
If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p. 1
Comments: ⧼
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 1 of 9
WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON
Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users
Name of wetland (if known): Markley Wetland 2
Date of site visit: 9/11/09
Rated by: Jessica Stone
Trained by Ecology? Yes X No
Date of training: 6/18/08
SEC: 9
TWNSHP: 30N RNGE: 01W Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes
No X _
Map of wetland unit:
Estimated size: 29,340.98 sf (0.67 acre)
SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland: I
II X
III
IV
Category I = Score > 70 Score for Water Quality Functions
24
Category II = Score 51 - 69 Score for Hydrologic Functions
7
Category III = Score 30 – 50 Score for Habitat Functions
23
Category IV = Score < 30 TOTAL Score for Functions
54
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTCS of Wetland I
II
Does not apply X
Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above”)
II
Summary of basic information about the wetland unit.
Wetland Unit has Special
Characteristics
Wetland HGM Class
used for Rating
Estuarine Depressional X
Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine
Bog Lake-fringe
Mature Forest Slope
Old Growth Forest Flats
Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal
Interdunal
None of the above
Check if unit has multiple
HGM classes present
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will
need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
Check List for Wetlands that Need Additional Protection
(in addition to the protection recommended for its category)
YES
NO
SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or
Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)?
For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate
state or federal database.
X
SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or
Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the
wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species
are categorized as Category 1 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form).
X
SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X
SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the
wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or
in a local management plan as having special significance.
X f
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 2 of 9
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with
multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8.
1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
NO – go to 2
YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)?
YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is a Saltwater Tidal Fringe it
is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were call estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and
this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please
note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. _____ ).
2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water
runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit.
NO – go to 3
YES – The wetland class is Flats
If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands.
3. Does the entire wetland meet both of the following criteria?
______ The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8ha) in size;
______ At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 (2 m)?
NO – go to 4
YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual).
______ The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may
flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.
______ The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and
shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep).
NO – go to 5 YES – The wetland class is Slope
5. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The unit is in a valley or stream channel where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or
river.
______ The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years.
NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding..
NO – go to 6
YES – The wetland class is Riverine
6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time of
the year. This means that any outlet, if present is higher than the interior of the wetland.
NO – go to 7
YES – The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the entire wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not
pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The
wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
No – go to 8 YES – The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a
slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO
BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT
AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the
rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in
the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less
than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area.
HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated
HGM Class to Use in Rating
Slope + Riverine Riverine
Slope + Depressional Depressional
Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional
Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of
freshwater wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes
within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating.
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 3 of 9
D Depressional and Flat Wetlands
Points
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality.
(only 1 score
per box)
D 1 Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
(see p.38)
D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland:
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 3
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted, permanently flowing outlet ........ points = 2
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 1
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Provide photo or drawing
3
D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions)
YES points = 4
NO points = 0
0
D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class):
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 95% of area............................................... points = 5
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/2 of area................................................. points = 3
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area............................................... points = 1
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation < 1/10 of area .................................................. points = 0
Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
5
D 1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area of the wetland that is ponded for at
least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently
ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 years.
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/2 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 4
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 2
Area seasonally ponded is < 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 0
Map of Hydroperiods
4
Total for D 1
Add the points in the boxes above 12
D 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p. 44)
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
X Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
___ Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
Multiplier
2
TOTAL – Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2; then add score to table on p. 1 24
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland unit functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation.
D 3 Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p.46)
D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 4
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ......... points = 2
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key) or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”)
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 0
4
D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For
units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry).
Marks of ponding are 3 ft. or more above the surface or bottom of the outlet ....................... points = 7
The wetland is a “headwater” wetland.................................................................................. points = 5
Marks of ponding between 2 ft. to < 3 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5
Marks are at least 0.5 ft. to < 2 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet...................................... points = 3
Wetland is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key)but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1
Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0
0
D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream
basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself.
The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit ................................................... points = 5
The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................. points = 3
The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit .......................................... points = 0
Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5
3
Total for D 3
Add the points in the boxes above 7
D 4 Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 49)
Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity,
it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive
flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide
gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from
Multiplier
1
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 4 of 9
groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following
indicators of opportunity apply.
Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems.
____ Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or
stream that has flooding problems
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
TOTAL – Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D3 by D4; then add score to table on p. 1 7
Comments Ѕ
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 5 of 9
These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes.
Points
HABITAT FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat.
(only 1 score
per box)
H 1 Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see P. 72):
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) – Size threshold for each class is
1/4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres.
Aquatic Bed
X Emergent plants
X Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover)
X Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover)
If the unit has a forested class check if:
X The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-
cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon.
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
4 structures or more ....... points = 4 3 structures ................... points = 2
2 structures.................... points = 1 1 structure .................... points = 0
4
H 1.2 Hydroperiods (see p.73):
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to
cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1/4 acre to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods).
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3
X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 or more types present......points = 2
Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present...................points = 1
X Saturated only 1 type present ....................points = 0
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake-fringe wetland................. = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland ......... = 2 points Map of hydroperiods
1
H 1.3 Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75):
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft
2
(different patches of the same
species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple
loosestrife, Canadian Thistle.
If you counted: > 19 species ...................... points = 2
5 – 19 species.................... points = 1
List species below if you want to: < 5 species ........................ points = 0
2
H 1.4 Interspersion of Habitats (see p. 76):
Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation (described in H1.1), or
the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none.
Note: If you have 4 or more classes
or 3 vegetation classes and
open water, the rating is
always “high”.
Use map of Cowardin classes.
3
H 1.5 Special Habitat Features (see p. 77):
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points
you put into the next column.
X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in. diameter and 6 ft. long)
X Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft. (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least
3.3 ft. (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft. (10m)
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning
(> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have
not yet turned grey/brown)
X At least 1/4 acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that
are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg-laying by amphibians)
X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants
NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error.
4
H 1 TOTAL Score – potential for providing habitat
Add the points in the column above 14
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 6 of 9
H 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species?
(only 1 score
per box)
H 2.1 Buffers (see P. 80):
Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring
criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed”.
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer
(relatively undisturbed also means no grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use)..............points = 5
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 3
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
for > 50% circumference ...............................................................................................points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above:
X No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25m (80 ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK ...................................points = 2
No paved areas of buildings within 50m of wetland for > 50% circumference.
Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK....................................................................points = 2
Heavy grazing in buffer .................................................................................................points = 1
Vegetated buffers are < 2m wide (6.6 ft) for more than 95% circumference
(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland) ..............................points = 0
Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above ...............................................................points = 1
Arial photo showing buffers
2
H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81)
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 150 ft. wide, has at least a 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native
undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at
least 250 acres in size? (Dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads,
are considered breaks in the corridor).
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.2
H. 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 50 ft. wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to
estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-
fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.3
H. 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
Within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
Within 3 miles of a large field or pasture (> 40 acres) OR
YES = 1 point
Within 1 mile of a lake greater than 20 acres?
NO = 0 points
1
Comments: ⫶
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 7 of 9
H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82):
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft. (100m) of the wetland? NOTE: the connections do
not have to be relatively undisturbed. These are DFW definitions. Check with your local DFW biologist if
there are any questions.
Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both
aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres)
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
Old-growth forests: (Old growth west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings, with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81cm
(32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.
X Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be
less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is
generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 – 200 years old west of the Cascade Crest.
Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants) where greases
and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 – 2.0m (0.5 – 6.5 ft),
composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May
be associated with cliffs.
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages.
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy
coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.
Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the open space and
uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space functions as a corridor connecting
other priority habitats, especially those that would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an
isolated remnant of natural habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban
development.
Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually semi-enclosed
by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in which ocean
water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater runoff from the land. The salinity may be
periodically increased above that of the open ocean by evaporation. Along some low-energy
coastlines there is appreciable dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward
to where ocean-derived salts measure less than 0.5 ppt. during the period of average annual low flow.
Includes both estuaries and lagoons.
Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones of beaches, and
may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs,
snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and
that contribute to shoreline function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion
control).
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats..= 4 points If wetland has 1 priority habit .. = 1 point
If wetland has 2 priority habitats...............= 3 points No habitats............................... = 0 points
Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list.
(Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4).
1
H 2.4 Wetland Landscape: Choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits (see p. 84)
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them are
relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating,
but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development..........points = 5
The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe
wetlands within 1/2 mile .....................................................................................................points = 5
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between them are
disturbed. ............................................................................................................................points = 3
The wetland fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands
within 1/2 mile ....................................................................................................................points = 3
There is at least 1 wetland within 1/2 mile ...........................................................................points = 2
There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile..................................................................................points = 0
5
H 2 TOTAL Score – opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 9
TOTAL for H 1 from page 8 14
Total Score for Habitat Functions Add the points for H 1 and H 2; then record the result on p. 1 23
Comments:
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 8 of 9
CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below
and circle the appropriate answers and Category.
Wetland Type – Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate
criteria are met.
SC1
Estuarine wetlands? (see p.86)
Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands?
The dominant water regime is tidal,
Vegetated, and
With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt.
YES = Go to SC 1.1
NO X
SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural
Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC
332-30-151? YES = Category I
NO = go to SC 1.2
Cat. 1
SC 1.2 Is the wetland at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following conditions?
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
___ The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has
less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp,. are only species
that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II).
The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh
with native species would be a Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in
determining the size threshold of 1 acre.
___ At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland
___ The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water,
or contiguous freshwater wetlands.
Cat. I
Cat. II
Dual
Rating
I/II
SC2
Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87)
Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as
either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or
Sensitive plant species.
SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a natural heritage wetland? (This
question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR.)
S/T/R information from Appendix D
or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site
YES Contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2
NO X
SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as a site with state threatened
or endangered plant species?
YES = Category 1
NO X not a Heritage Wetland
Cat I
SC3
Bogs (see p. 87)
Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use
the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the
wetland based on its function.
1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that
compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to
identify organic soils)?
YES = go to question 3
NO = go to question 2
2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over
bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or
pond?
YES = go to question 3
NO = is not a bog for purpose of rating
3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present,
consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more
than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)?
YES = Is a bog for purpose of rating
NO = go to question 4
NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that
criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is
less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog.
4. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western
hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine. WITH any of
the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant
component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)?
YES = Category I
NO = X Is not a bog for purpose of rating
Cat. I
Markley 02 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 9 of 9
SC4
Forested Wetlands (see p. 90)
Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish
and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland
based on its function.
Old-growth forests: (west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least two three species forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare)
that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm or
more).
NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two-hundred year old trees
in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW
criterion is and “OR” so old-growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter.
Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 – 200 years old
OR have an average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53 cm); crown cover may be less than
100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old-growth.
YES = Category I
NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics
Cat. I
SC5
Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91)
Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon?
The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated
from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks.
The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5
ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the
bottom.)
YES = Go to SC 5.1
NO X not a wetland in a coastal lagoon
SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions?
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing) and has
less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74).
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland.
The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square ft.)
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
Cat. I
Cat. II
SC6
Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93)
Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or
WBUO)?
YES = Go to SC 6.1
NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating
If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions.
In practical terms that means the following geographic areas:
Long Beach Peninsula -- lands west of SR 103
Grayland-Westport -- lands west of SR 105
Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109
SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is one acre or larger?
YES = Category II
NO = go to SC 6.2
SC 6.2 Is the wetland between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre?
YES = Category III
Cat. II
Cat. III
Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics
Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categories, and record on p. 1.
If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p. 1
Comments:
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 1 of 9
WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON
Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users
Name of wetland (if known): Markley Wetland 3
Date of site visit: 9/11/09
Rated by: Jessica Stone
Trained by Ecology? Yes X No
Date of training: 6/18/08
SEC: 9
TWNSHP: 30N RNGE: 01W Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes
No X _
Map of wetland unit:
Estimated size: 2,951.13 sf (0.07 acre)
SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland: I
II
III X
IV
Category I = Score > 70 Score for Water Quality Functions
12
Category II = Score 51 - 69 Score for Hydrologic Functions
7
Category III = Score 30 – 50 Score for Habitat Functions
18
Category IV = Score < 30 TOTAL Score for Functions
37
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTCS of Wetland I
II
Does not apply X
Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above”)
III
Summary of basic information about the wetland unit.
Wetland Unit has Special
Characteristics
Wetland HGM Class
used for Rating
Estuarine Depressional X
Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine
Bog Lake-fringe
Mature Forest Slope
Old Growth Forest Flats
Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal
Interdunal
None of the above
Check if unit has multiple
HGM classes present
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will
need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
Check List for Wetlands that Need Additional Protection
(in addition to the protection recommended for its category)
YES
NO
SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or
Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)?
For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate
state or federal database.
X
SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or
Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the
wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species
are categorized as Category 1 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form).
X
SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X
SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the
wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or
in a local management plan as having special significance.
X
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 2 of 9
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with
multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8.
1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
NO – go to 2
YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)?
YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is a Saltwater Tidal Fringe it
is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were call estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and
this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please
note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. _____ ).
2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water
runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit.
NO – go to 3
YES – The wetland class is Flats
If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands.
3. Does the entire wetland meet both of the following criteria?
______ The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8ha) in size;
______ At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 (2 m)?
NO – go to 4
YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual).
______ The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may
flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.
______ The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and
shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep).
NO – go to 5 YES – The wetland class is Slope
5. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The unit is in a valley or stream channel where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or
river.
______ The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years.
NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding..
NO – go to 6
YES – The wetland class is Riverine
6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time of
the year. This means that any outlet, if present is higher than the interior of the wetland.
NO – go to 7
YES – The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the entire wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not
pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The
wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
No – go to 8 YES – The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a
slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO
BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT
AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the
rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in
the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less
than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area.
HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated
HGM Class to Use in Rating
Slope + Riverine Riverine
Slope + Depressional Depressional
Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional
Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of
freshwater wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes
within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating.
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 3 of 9
D Depressional and Flat Wetlands
Points
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality.
(only 1 score
per box)
D 1 Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
(see p.38)
D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland:
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 3
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted, permanently flowing outlet ........ points = 2
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 1
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Provide photo or drawing
3
D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions)
YES points = 4
NO points = 0
0
D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class):
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 95% of area............................................... points = 5
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/2 of area................................................. points = 3
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area............................................... points = 1
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation < 1/10 of area .................................................. points = 0
Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
5
D 1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area of the wetland that is ponded for at
least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently
ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 years.
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/2 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 4
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 2
Area seasonally ponded is < 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 0
Map of Hydroperiods
4
Total for D 1
Add the points in the boxes above
12
D 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p. 44)
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
___ Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
Multiplier
1
TOTAL – Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2; then add score to table on p. 1 12
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland unit functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation.
D 3 Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p.46)
D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 4
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ......... points = 2
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key) or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”)
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 0
4
D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For
units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry).
Marks of ponding are 3 ft. or more above the surface or bottom of the outlet ....................... points = 7
The wetland is a “headwater” wetland.................................................................................. points = 5
Marks of ponding between 2 ft. to < 3 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5
Marks are at least 0.5 ft. to < 2 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet...................................... points = 3
Wetland is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key)but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1
Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0
0
D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream
basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself.
The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit ................................................... points = 5
The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................. points = 3
The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit .......................................... points = 0
Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5
3
Total for D 3
Add the points in the boxes above 7
D 4 Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 49)
Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity,
it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive
flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide
Multiplier
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 4 of 9
gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from
groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following
indicators of opportunity apply.
Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems.
____ Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or
stream that has flooding problems
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
1
TOTAL – Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D3 by D4; then add score to table on p. 1 7
Comments 씀
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 5 of 9
These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes.
Points
HABITAT FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat.
(only 1 score
per box)
H 1 Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see P. 72):
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) – Size threshold for each class is
1/4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres.
Aquatic Bed
X Emergent plants
X Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover)
X Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover)
If the unit has a forested class check if:
The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-
cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon.
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
4 structures or more ....... points = 4 3 structures ................... points = 2
2 structures.................... points = 1 1 structure .................... points = 0
2
H 1.2 Hydroperiods (see p.73):
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to
cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1/4 acre to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods).
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3
X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 or more types present......points = 2
Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present...................points = 1
X Saturated only 1 type present ....................points = 0
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake-fringe wetland................. = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland ......... = 2 points Map of hydroperiods
1
H 1.3 Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75):
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft
2
(different patches of the same
species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple
loosestrife, Canadian Thistle.
If you counted: > 19 species ...................... points = 2
5 – 19 species.................... points = 1
List species below if you want to: < 5 species ........................ points = 0
1
H 1.4 Interspersion of Habitats (see p. 76):
Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation (described in H1.1), or
the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none.
Note: If you have 4 or more classes
or 3 vegetation classes and
open water, the rating is
always “high”.
Use map of Cowardin classes.
3
H 1.5 Special Habitat Features (see p. 77):
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points
you put into the next column.
Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in. diameter and 6 ft. long)
Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft. (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least
3.3 ft. (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft. (10m)
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning
(> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have
not yet turned grey/brown)
At least 1/4 acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that
are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg-laying by amphibians)
X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants
NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error.
1
H 1 TOTAL Score – potential for providing habitat
Add the points in the column above 8
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 6 of 9
H 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species?
(only 1 score
per box)
H 2.1 Buffers (see P. 80):
Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring
criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed”.
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer
(relatively undisturbed also means no grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use)..............points = 5
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 3
X 50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
for > 50% circumference ...............................................................................................points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above:
No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25m (80 ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK ...................................points = 2
No paved areas of buildings within 50m of wetland for > 50% circumference.
Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK....................................................................points = 2
Heavy grazing in buffer .................................................................................................points = 1
Vegetated buffers are < 2m wide (6.6 ft) for more than 95% circumference
(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland) ..............................points = 0
Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above ...............................................................points = 1
Arial photo showing buffers
3
H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81)
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 150 ft. wide, has at least a 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native
undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at
least 250 acres in size? (Dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads,
are considered breaks in the corridor).
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.2
H. 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 50 ft. wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to
estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-
fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.3
H. 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
Within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
Within 3 miles of a large field or pasture (> 40 acres) OR
YES = 1 point
Within 1 mile of a lake greater than 20 acres?
NO = 0 points
1
Comments:
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 7 of 9
H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82):
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft. (100m) of the wetland? NOTE: the connections do
not have to be relatively undisturbed. These are DFW definitions. Check with your local DFW biologist if
there are any questions.
Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both
aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres)
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
Old-growth forests: (Old growth west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings, with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81cm
(32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.
X Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be
less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is
generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 – 200 years old west of the Cascade Crest.
Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants) where greases
and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 – 2.0m (0.5 – 6.5 ft),
composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May
be associated with cliffs.
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages.
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy
coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.
Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the open space and
uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space functions as a corridor connecting
other priority habitats, especially those that would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an
isolated remnant of natural habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban
development.
Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually semi-enclosed
by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in which ocean
water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater runoff from the land. The salinity may be
periodically increased above that of the open ocean by evaporation. Along some low-energy
coastlines there is appreciable dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward
to where ocean-derived salts measure less than 0.5 ppt. during the period of average annual low flow.
Includes both estuaries and lagoons.
Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones of beaches, and
may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs,
snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and
that contribute to shoreline function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion
control).
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats..= 4 points If wetland has 1 priority habit .. = 1 point
If wetland has 2 priority habitats...............= 3 points No habitats............................... = 0 points
Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list.
(Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4).
1
H 2.4 Wetland Landscape: Choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits (see p. 84)
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them are
relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating,
but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development..........points = 5
The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe
wetlands within 1/2 mile .....................................................................................................points = 5
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between them are
disturbed. ............................................................................................................................points = 3
The wetland fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands
within 1/2 mile ....................................................................................................................points = 3
There is at least 1 wetland within 1/2 mile ...........................................................................points = 2
There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile..................................................................................points = 0
5
H 2 TOTAL Score – opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 10
TOTAL for H 1 from page 8
8
Total Score for Habitat Functions Add the points for H 1 and H 2; then record the result on p. 1 18
Comments:
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 8 of 9
CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below
and circle the appropriate answers and Category.
Wetland Type – Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate
criteria are met.
SC1
Estuarine wetlands? (see p.86)
Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands?
The dominant water regime is tidal,
Vegetated, and
With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt.
YES = Go to SC 1.1
NO X
SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural
Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC
332-30-151? YES = Category I
NO = go to SC 1.2
Cat. 1
SC 1.2 Is the wetland at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following conditions?
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
___ The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has
less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp,. are only species
that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II).
The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh
with native species would be a Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in
determining the size threshold of 1 acre.
___ At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland
___ The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water,
or contiguous freshwater wetlands.
Cat. I
Cat. II
Dual
Rating
I/II
SC2
Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87)
Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as
either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or
Sensitive plant species.
SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a natural heritage wetland? (This
question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR.)
S/T/R information from Appendix D
or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site
YES Contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2
NO X
SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as a site with state threatened
or endangered plant species?
YES = Category 1
NO X not a Heritage Wetland
Cat I
SC3
Bogs (see p. 87)
Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use
the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the
wetland based on its function.
1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that
compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to
identify organic soils)?
YES = go to question 3
NO = go to question 2
2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over
bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or
pond?
YES = go to question 3
NO = is not a bog for purpose of rating
3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present,
consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more
than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)?
YES = Is a bog for purpose of rating
NO = go to question 4
NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that
criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is
less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog.
4. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western
hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine. WITH any of
the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant
component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)?
YES = Category I
NO = X Is not a bog for purpose of rating
Cat. I
Markley 03 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 9 of 9
SC4
Forested Wetlands (see p. 90)
Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish
and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland
based on its function.
Old-growth forests: (west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least two three species forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare)
that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm or
more).
NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two-hundred year old trees
in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW
criterion is and “OR” so old-growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter.
Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 – 200 years old
OR have an average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53 cm); crown cover may be less than
100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old-growth.
YES = Category I
NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics
Cat. I
SC5
Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91)
Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon?
The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated
from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks.
The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5
ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the
bottom.)
YES = Go to SC 5.1
NO X not a wetland in a coastal lagoon
SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions?
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing) and has
less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74).
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland.
The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square ft.)
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
Cat. I
Cat. II
SC6
Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93)
Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or
WBUO)?
YES = Go to SC 6.1
NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating
If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions.
In practical terms that means the following geographic areas:
Long Beach Peninsula -- lands west of SR 103
Grayland-Westport -- lands west of SR 105
Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109
SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is one acre or larger?
YES = Category II
NO = go to SC 6.2
SC 6.2 Is the wetland between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre?
YES = Category III
Cat. II
Cat. III
Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics
Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categories, and record on p. 1.
If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p. 1
Comments:
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 1 of 9
WETLAND RATING FORM – WESTERN WASHINGTON
Version 2 – Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users
Name of wetland (if known): Markley Wetland 4
Date of site visit: 10/28/09
Rated by: Jessica Stone
Trained by Ecology? Yes X No
Date of training: 6/18/08
SEC: 9
TWNSHP: 30N RNGE: 01W Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes
No X _
Map of wetland unit:
Estimated size: 6,148.76 sf (0.14 acre)
SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland: I
II X
III
IV
Category I = Score > 70 Score for Water Quality Functions
24
Category II = Score 51 - 69 Score for Hydrologic Functions
7
Category III = Score 30 – 50 Score for Habitat Functions
22
Category IV = Score < 30 TOTAL Score for Functions
53
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTCS of Wetland I
II
Does not apply X
Final Category (choose the “highest” category from above”)
II
Summary of basic information about the wetland unit.
Wetland Unit has Special
Characteristics
Wetland HGM Class
used for Rating
Estuarine Depressional X
Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine
Bog Lake-fringe
Mature Forest Slope
Old Growth Forest Flats
Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal
Interdunal
None of the above
Check if unit has multiple
HGM classes present
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will
need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
Check List for Wetlands that Need Additional Protection
(in addition to the protection recommended for its category)
YES
NO
SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or
Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)?
For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the wetland is on the appropriate
state or federal database.
X
SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or
Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, “documented” means the
wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species
are categorized as Category 1 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form).
X
SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X
SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the
wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or
in a local management plan as having special significance.
X ℀
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 2 of 9
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with
multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8.
1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
NO – go to 2
YES – the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)?
YES – Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO – Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is a Saltwater Tidal Fringe it
is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were call estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and
this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term “Estuarine” wetland is kept. Please
note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. _____ ).
2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water
runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit.
NO – go to 3
YES – The wetland class is Flats
If your wetland can be classified as a “Flats” wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands.
3. Does the entire wetland meet both of the following criteria?
______ The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8ha) in size;
______ At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 (2 m)?
NO – go to 4
YES – The wetland class is Lake-fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual).
______ The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may
flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.
______ The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and
shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep).
NO – go to 5 YES – The wetland class is Slope
5. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
______ The unit is in a valley or stream channel where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or
river.
______ The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years.
NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding..
NO – go to 6
YES – The wetland class is Riverine
6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time of
the year. This means that any outlet, if present is higher than the interior of the wetland.
NO – go to 7
YES – The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the entire wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not
pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The
wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
No – go to 8 YES – The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a
slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO
BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT
AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the
rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in
the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less
than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area.
HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated
HGM Class to Use in Rating
Slope + Riverine Riverine
Slope + Depressional Depressional
Slope + Lake-fringe Lake-fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional
Depressional + Lake-fringe Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of
freshwater wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes
within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating.
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 3 of 9
D Depressional and Flat Wetlands
Points
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality.
(only 1 score
per box)
D 1 Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
(see p.38)
D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland:
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 3
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted, permanently flowing outlet ........ points = 2
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 1
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”) Provide photo or drawing
3
D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions)
YES points = 4
NO points = 0
0
D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class):
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 95% of area............................................... points = 5
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/2 of area................................................. points = 3
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area............................................... points = 1
Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation < 1/10 of area .................................................. points = 0
Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
5
D 1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area of the wetland that is ponded for at
least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently
ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 years.
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/2 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 4
Area seasonally ponded is > 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 2
Area seasonally ponded is < 1/4 total area of wetland .......................................................... points = 0
Map of Hydroperiods
4
Total for D 1
Add the points in the boxes above
12
D 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p. 44)
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
_X_ Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
Multiplier
2
TOTAL – Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2; then add score to table on p. 1 24
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland unit functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation.
D 3 Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p.46)
D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit
Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) ........................................... points = 4
Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet ......... points = 2
Unit is a “flat” depression (Q.7 on key) or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch........................... points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as “intermittently flowing”)
Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) ....... points = 0
4
D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For
units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry).
Marks of ponding are 3 ft. or more above the surface or bottom of the outlet ....................... points = 7
The wetland is a “headwater” wetland.................................................................................. points = 5
Marks of ponding between 2 ft. to < 3 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet ........................... points = 5
Marks are at least 0.5 ft. to < 2 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet...................................... points = 3
Wetland is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key)but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1
Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft ......................................................................................... points = 0
0
D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream
basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself.
The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit ................................................... points = 5
The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit ................................................. points = 3
The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit .......................................... points = 0
Entire unit is in the FLATS class ......................................................................................... points = 5
3
Total for D 3
Add the points in the boxes above 7
D 4 Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 49)
Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity,
it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive
flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide
Multiplier
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 4 of 9
gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from
groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following
indicators of opportunity apply.
Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems.
____ Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or
stream that has flooding problems
Other
YES multiplier is 2
NO multiplier is 1
1
TOTAL – Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D3 by D4; then add score to table on p. 1 7
Comments 씀
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 5 of 9
These questions apply to wetlands of all HGM classes.
Points
HABITAT FUNCTIONS – Indicators that wetland functions to provide important habitat.
(only 1 score
per box)
H 1 Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see P. 72):
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) – Size threshold for each class is
1/4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres.
Aquatic Bed
X Emergent plants
X Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover)
X Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover)
If the unit has a forested class check if:
X The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub-canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-
cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon.
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
4 structures or more ....... points = 4 3 structures ................... points = 2
2 structures.................... points = 1 1 structure .................... points = 0
4
H 1.2 Hydroperiods (see p.73):
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to
cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1/4 acre to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods).
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3
X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 or more types present......points = 2
Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present...................points = 1
X Saturated only 1 type present ....................points = 0
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake-fringe wetland................. = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland ......... = 2 points Map of hydroperiods
1
H 1.3 Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75):
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft
2
(different patches of the same
species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple
loosestrife, Canadian Thistle.
If you counted: > 19 species ...................... points = 2
5 – 19 species.................... points = 1
List species below if you want to: < 5 species ........................ points = 0
1
H 1.4 Interspersion of Habitats (see p. 76):
Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation (described in H1.1), or
the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none.
Note: If you have 4 or more classes
or 3 vegetation classes and
open water, the rating is
always “high”.
Use map of Cowardin classes.
3
H 1.5 Special Habitat Features (see p. 77):
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points
you put into the next column.
X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in. diameter and 6 ft. long)
X Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft. (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least
3.3 ft. (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft. (10m)
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning
(> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have
not yet turned grey/brown)
At least 1/4 acre of thin-stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that
are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg-laying by amphibians)
X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants
NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error.
3
H 1 TOTAL Score – potential for providing habitat
Add the points in the column above 12
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 6 of 9
H 2 Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species?
(only 1 score
per box)
H 2.1 Buffers (see P. 80):
Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring
criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of “undisturbed”.
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer
(relatively undisturbed also means no grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use)..............points = 5
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 4
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference .....................................................................................................points = 3
X 50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
for > 50% circumference ...............................................................................................points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above:
No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25m (80 ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK ...................................points = 2
No paved areas of buildings within 50m of wetland for > 50% circumference.
Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK....................................................................points = 2
Heavy grazing in buffer .................................................................................................points = 1
Vegetated buffers are < 2m wide (6.6 ft) for more than 95% circumference
(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland) ..............................points = 0
Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above ...............................................................points = 1
Arial photo showing buffers
3
H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (see p. 81)
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 150 ft. wide, has at least a 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native
undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at
least 250 acres in size? (Dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads,
are considered breaks in the corridor).
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.2
H. 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 50 ft. wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to
estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake-
fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3)
NO = go to H 2.2.3
H. 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
Within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
Within 3 miles of a large field or pasture (> 40 acres) OR
YES = 1 point
Within 1 mile of a lake greater than 20 acres?
NO = 0 points
1
Comments:
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 7 of 9
H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82):
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft. (100m) of the wetland? NOTE: the connections do
not have to be relatively undisturbed. These are DFW definitions. Check with your local DFW biologist if
there are any questions.
Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both
aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres)
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
Old-growth forests: (Old growth west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings, with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81cm
(32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.
X Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be
less than 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is
generally less than that found in old-growth; 80 – 200 years old west of the Cascade Crest.
Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants) where greases
and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 – 2.0m (0.5 – 6.5 ft),
composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May
be associated with cliffs.
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages.
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy
coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.
Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the open space and
uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space functions as a corridor connecting
other priority habitats, especially those that would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an
isolated remnant of natural habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban
development.
Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually semi-enclosed
by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the open ocean, and in which ocean
water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater runoff from the land. The salinity may be
periodically increased above that of the open ocean by evaporation. Along some low-energy
coastlines there is appreciable dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward
to where ocean-derived salts measure less than 0.5 ppt. during the period of average annual low flow.
Includes both estuaries and lagoons.
Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones of beaches, and
may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs,
snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and
that contribute to shoreline function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion
control).
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats..= 4 points If wetland has 1 priority habit .. = 1 point
If wetland has 2 priority habitats...............= 3 points No habitats............................... = 0 points
Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list.
(Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4).
1
H 2.4 Wetland Landscape: Choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits (see p. 84)
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them are
relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating,
but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development..........points = 5
The wetland is Lake-fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe
wetlands within 1/2 mile .....................................................................................................points = 5
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between them are
disturbed. ............................................................................................................................points = 3
The wetland fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake-fringe wetlands
within 1/2 mile ....................................................................................................................points = 3
There is at least 1 wetland within 1/2 mile ...........................................................................points = 2
There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile..................................................................................points = 0
5
H 2 TOTAL Score – opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 10
TOTAL for H 1 from page 8 12
Total Score for Habitat Functions Add the points for H 1 and H 2; then record the result on p. 1 21
Comments: ⵰
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 8 of 9
CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below
and circle the appropriate answers and Category.
Wetland Type – Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate
criteria are met.
SC1
Estuarine wetlands? (see p.86)
Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands?
The dominant water regime is tidal,
Vegetated, and
With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt.
YES = Go to SC 1.1
NO X
SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural
Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC
332-30-151? YES = Category I
NO = go to SC 1.2
Cat. 1
SC 1.2 Is the wetland at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following conditions?
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
___ The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has
less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp,. are only species
that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II).
The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh
with native species would be a Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in
determining the size threshold of 1 acre.
___ At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland
___ The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water,
or contiguous freshwater wetlands.
Cat. I
Cat. II
Dual
Rating
I/II
SC2
Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87)
Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as
either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or
Sensitive plant species.
SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a natural heritage wetland? (This
question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR.)
S/T/R information from Appendix D
or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site
YES Contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2
NO X
SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as a site with state threatened
or endangered plant species?
YES = Category 1
NO X not a Heritage Wetland
Cat I
SC3
Bogs (see p. 87)
Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use
the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the
wetland based on its function.
1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that
compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to
identify organic soils)?
YES = go to question 3
NO = go to question 2
2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over
bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or
pond?
YES = go to question 3
NO = is not a bog for purpose of rating
3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present,
consist of the “bog” species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more
than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)?
YES = Is a bog for purpose of rating
NO = go to question 4
NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that
criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16” deep. If the pH is
less than 5.0 and the “bog” plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog.
4. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western
hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann’s spruce, or western white pine. WITH any of
the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant
component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)?
YES = Category I
NO = X Is not a bog for purpose of rating
Cat. I
Markley 04 Wetland
Wetland Rating Form – western Washington, version 2 (7/06) Page 9 of 9
SC4
Forested Wetlands (see p. 90)
Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish
and Wildlife’s forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland
based on its function.
Old-growth forests: (west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least two three species forming a
multi-layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare)
that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm or
more).
NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two-hundred year old trees
in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW
criterion is and “OR” so old-growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter.
Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 – 200 years old
OR have an average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53 cm); crown cover may be less than
100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old-growth.
YES = Category I
NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics
Cat. I
SC5
Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91)
Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon?
The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated
from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks.
The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5
ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the
bottom.)
YES = Go to SC 5.1
NO X not a wetland in a coastal lagoon
SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions?
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing) and has
less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74).
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland.
The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square ft.)
YES = Category I
NO = Category II
Cat. I
Cat. II
SC6
Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93)
Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or
WBUO)?
YES = Go to SC 6.1
NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating
If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions.
In practical terms that means the following geographic areas:
Long Beach Peninsula -- lands west of SR 103
Grayland-Westport -- lands west of SR 105
Ocean Shores-Copalis – lands west of SR 115 and SR 109
SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is one acre or larger?
YES = Category II
NO = go to SC 6.2
SC 6.2 Is the wetland between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre?
YES = Category III
Cat. II
Cat. III
Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics
Choose the “highest” rating if wetland falls into several categories, and record on p. 1.
If you answered NO for all types enter “Not Applicable” on p. 1
Comments:
WETLANDS
Map By: Amee R. Howard
November 2009
F
Howard St. Extension Project Wetland Survey
Wetlands
0.5
Miles
Forested
Scrub/Shrub
Emergent
Saturated Only
Seasonally Flooded
Forested
Scrub/Shrub
Emergent
Saturated Only
Seasonally Flooded
APPENDIX F
Loggy Soil and Wetland Consulting ReportÓ